Anchor Design Manual
Anchor Design Manual
Anchor Design Manual
1. Construction materials as well as the service and 3. All products must be used, handled and applied
environmental conditions vary on different sites. Therefore strictly in accordance with all current instructions for use
the present condition of the base material and the published by Würth, i.e. technical instructions, operating
suitability must be checked by the user. If the user is in manuals, setting instructions, installation manuals and
doubt, he should contact one of Würth’s Representatives. others.
2. The information and recommendations given in this 4. Würth’s aim is to always supply construction
Design Manual are based on the principles, formulae material with a quality and function of the latest state
and safety factors defined in approval guidelines, of technology. We therefore reserve the right to alter
published research results and Würth’s technical specifications, etc. without notice.
instructions, the operating manuals, the setting
instructions, the installation manuals and other data 5. The given mean ultimate loads and characteristic data
sheets that are believed to be correct at the time of in the Design Manual reflect actual test results and are
writing. The data and values are based on the respective thus valid only for the indicated test conditions.
average values obtained from tests under laboratory or
other controlled conditions. It is the users responsibility Due to variations in local base materials, on-site testing is
to use the data given in the light of conditions on site required to determine performance at any specific site.
and taking into account the intended use of the products
concerned. The user has to check the listed prerequisites 6. Würth is not obligated for direct, indirect, incidental
and criteria conform with the conditions actually existing or consequential damages, losses or expenses in
on the job-site. Whilst Würth can give general guidance connection with, or by reason of, the use of, or inability
and advice, the nature of Würth products means that the to use the products for any purpose. Implied warranties
ultimate responsibility for selecting the right product for a of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose are
particular application must lie with the customer. specifically excluded.
CONTENTS
CONTENTS
Introduction 2
Calculation templates 44
Calculation examples 52
Anchor selection 64
Design of anchors 68
1
INTRODUCTION
This Design Manual uses the partial factor method The assessment criteria for evaluating the nominal
INTRODUCTION
according to the European EN 1990. When using the strength and reduction factors are published in AC193
partial factor method, it shall be verified that, in all and AC308.
relevant design situations, no relevant limit state is Benefits:
exceeded when design values for actions (Sd) or effects Both
• Europthe European and the American design guides
of actions and resistances (Rd) are used in the design verify in their safety concept the following modes in
models. tension:
- steel failure,
- pull-out/pull-through failure or combined pull-out
For the selected design situations and the relevant limit and concrete cone failure,
states the individual actions for the critical load cases - concrete cone failure,
should be combined. - concrete splitting failure,
Design values should be obtained by using the characte- and in shear:
ristic, or other representative values, in combination with - steel failure,
partial and other factors (γf , γM) as defined in EN 1991 - concrete pry-out failure,
to EN 1999, the design guides for post-installed anchors - concrete edge failure.
and the relevant approval of the chosen anchor. When both tension and shear are present interaction
effects are also considered.
2
Concrete compressive strength and compressive strength classes
Concrete strength classes C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60
(EN 206:2000)
Characteristic compressive
INTRODUCTION
strength of concrete determined
by testing cylinders of 150mm fck [N/mm2] 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
diameter by 300mm height at
28days
Characteristic compressive
strength of concrete determined
fck,cube [N/mm2] 15 20 25 30 37 45 50 55 60
by testing cubes of 150mm side
length at 28days
Specified compressive strength of concrete 2500 3500 4500 5500 6500 7500
(ACI 318)
3
INTRODUCTION
the initial phase of selecting post-installed anchors the engineer has to mention the anchor’s effective anchorage
consideration of geometrical constraints is most depth in his detailed drawings. Only this value
important. The thickness of the concrete member in guarantees that suppliers provide anchors with the
Benefits:
which the anchor has to be post-installed later decides respective performance.
• Europ
how deep the installer can drill a hole into the concrete,
and finally the maximum effective anchorage depth of The diameter of the anchor
the anchor. As the anchor’s pull-out resistance depends
on the effective anchorage depth, the thickness of the The diameter is important for calculating the steel
concrete member determines the maximum load which capacity due to shear loading, but gives also
can be transferred in almost all cases. On the other hand information on the required diameter d0 of the drill
the projecting length of the anchor has to be selected hole in the concrete member and on the maximum
in order to cover tolerances of the construction and the clearance hole diameter df in the fixtures.
thickness of the attachment itself.
Maximum fixture thickness
The effective anchorage depth
Considering the stand-off fixture below, the projecting
The effective anchorage depth hef is one of the most length of the anchor rod has to cover the gap between
important dimensions as it determines the so-called concrete surface and anchor plate, the thickness of the
concrete capacity of each anchor. anchor plate itself and in addition have to exceed the
anchor plate by the thickness of washer and nut.
hef
t fix
4
The maximum fixture thickness t fix which represents the According to guidelines the minimum component
maximum useful length is difficult to decide during the thickness in which anchors are installed is h ≥ 100mm.
designing stage, because the real conditions on building
INTRODUCTION
site differ mostly from the drawings. Most suppliers If the thickness of the concrete member is smaller than
provide anchors with a wide range of useful lengths at required above, then the resistance can be reduced
same effective anchorage depth. This allows the because of a premature splitting failure or a reduction of
installer to select a proper anchor in agreement with the shear resistance for anchorages at the edge.
the responsible structural engineer. Furthermore, the minimum values for edge distance and
spacing might not be sufficient because a splitting failure
The anchor length can occur during installation. Therefore, a smaller
thickness of the concrete member is allowed only if the
The anchor length l depends on the effective anchorage above-mentioned effects are taken into account in the
depth and the useable length. In general the anchor is design and installation of the anchorage.
longer than the sum of both, because it should consider
additional length for the washer and nut on the one hand. The minimum member thickness depends on application
The anchor should for safety reasons project at least one parameters and it is given by:
pitch of the threaded bolt. On the other hand that part
which exceeds the effective anchorage depth depends
on the manufacturers developing ability to
provide economic fastening systems. The following values given for ∆h are valid for holes
drilled with electrical hammer drilling machines and
diamond core drilling machines:
a) Applicable to all anchor types: ∆h = hef.
b) Applicable to all anchor types: ∆h ≥ 2d0 ≥ 30 mm.
c) ∆h ≥ d0
This may be applied where the remote face of the
concrete member is accessible and can be inspected
to ensure there has been no break-through.
l d) Applicable to injection type anchors: ∆h = 0
This may be applied where it can be ensured that the
full bonded length, hef, will be achieved, and
The concrete member thickness compensation shall be made for any potential loss of
and the drill hole depth bonding material.
5
INTRODUCTION
The used symbols are listed below:
Symbol Description
SIGNS + SYMBOLS
Calculation with
Design Software possible
The anchor may also be used under seismic action according to ETA and /or ICC-ESR.
Leed certificated
The system looks at numerous factors that were divided into five categories, which relate to and include the
health of humans and the environment.
NSF International
The National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) is a nonprofit organization that ensures the safety of public health
and environmental protection.
It ensures that the materials and additives used in food, water or air are not harmful to health.
6
7
BUILDING SITE TESTS
Recommendations for tests to be carried out on construction works – job site tests
Note: This recommendations are valid for anchors with can be derived. The tests should take account of the
ETA or ICC approval only. The job site tests are not unfavourable conditions of practical execution.
considered to be a substitution of the ETAG / AC
procedure for assessing the suitability of fixings in a Installation of anchor
The anchor to be tested should be installed (e.g.
BUILDING SITE TEST
8
The characteristic resistance NRk1 has to be equal or fb,N is a factor for comparing the results with the same
smaller than the characteristic resistance NRk which is compressive concrete strength.
given in the ETA for similar masonry (bricks or blocks).
N1 = the mean value of the five smallest
measured values at the ultimate load.
If in case of bonded anchors and mechanical anchors s = coefficient of variation of the ultimate load.
the number of pull-out tests is smaller than 15, the
characteristic values are to be determined as a 5%
fractile: β = is an influencing factor whose values are
a) Mechanical and Bonded anchor for use in concrete: given in the approval document.
k = factor
Number of tests n 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
k-factor for calclulating 5%-fractile 3.400 3.092 2.894 2.754 2.650 2.568 2.503 2.448 2.402 2.363 2.329
Note: coefficient of variation s unknown, one-sided confidence level p = 0.9.
9
BUILDING SITE TESTS
Determination of Recommended Design Installation of anchor
Resistance The anchor to be tested should be installed (e.g.
preparation of drill hole, drilling tool to be used, drill bit,
The Recommended Design Resistance: type of drilling hammer or rotation, thickness of fixture)
and as far as spacing and edge distances are concerned
be distributed in the same way as foreseen for the
BUILDING SITE TEST
10
Calculation of Proof Load Determination of Recommended Design
a) Injection anchors for use in masonry: Resistance
If the quality of installation is proven and the specification
not reconsidered, the design resistances are calculated
1
with γMp=γM ___
■
with the data given in the relevant approval.
β
In case of Injection anchor for use in masonry, where
β = is an influencing factor whose values are given in
Acceptance criteria
Anchors can be said to have satisfied a proof test if the
required load is held without movement or any damage
with the characteristic resistance
or deformation occurring to either the fixing or the base
a) Injection anchors for use in masonry:
material. Any anchor suffering movement or damage
should be recorded as a failure. If, in any discreet area,
1 failure is encountered then the reason for failure should
γM = 2.5.
be investigated, the number of anchors tested in that area
should be doubled to 5% and at least 6. If more than
b) Anchors for use in concrete:
one fails then 100% of the anchors should be tested,
the reasons for failure determined and the specification
reconsidered.
γM= γMp acc. to respective ETA
11
EXCEPTIONAL LOAD CASES
Seismic and Accidental Fire Design Situation
In recent years people are getting more sensitive to the together in combinations of actions. Depending on its
topics of fire and earthquake which were causing severe uses and the form and the location of a building,
damages to buildings and an increasing high number of the combinations of actions may be based on not more
casualties. Post-installed anchors have to be fit for those than two variable actions.
exceptional situations as they are incorporated in the The combination factors ψ are given in Annexes of
structural and non-structural elements of a building, and EN 1990.
also used to fix the services and essential lifelines of a
SEISMIC AND FIRE
.
Design values of actions
The design concept and the required verification Combinations of actions for seismic design
considering a limit state of rupture or excessive situations
deformation based on EN 1990 clause 6.4 was briefly .
explained in our chapter “General”. Here we explain
the combinations of actions as a matter of principle.
It is assumed that the structural engineer is detailing
particular verifications with the relevant National
Standard.
12
Combinations of actions for accidental design situations
Combinations of actions for accidental design situations should either involve an explicit accidental action Ad (fire or impact),
or refer to a situation after an accidental event (Ad = 0).
Structural verifications under seismic design situations and design values of the anchor
Combinations of actions for seismic design
accidental situations
design situations
resistances for the respective failure modes
Combinations of actions for accidental design situations should either involve an explicit accidental action Ad (fire or impact),
Anchor = intended
!! refer
or toafter
to a!situation
!!! !,! + !!"
use for
+ an seismic application
!!,! !!,! .event
accidental
!!! (A = 0). will need Qualification of anchors for category C2 includes
d
to be tested as per the new ETAG 001 Annex E. reference tests up to failure at Δw = 0.8mm, tests under
Qualification of anchors for category C2 includes reference tests up to failure at ∆w = 0.8mm , tests under pulsati
A precondition
!! = !!! !!,! + for!!qualifi
+ !!,!cation
!!,! + in!!!anchor
!!,! !!,!seismic
. pulsating tension load,
load,
Structural verifications
performance categories under
C1 and seismic
C2 isdesign situations and design values of the anchor resistances for
the complete
the respective
Combinations failureformodes
of actions
assessment according toseismic
ETAGdesign
001 Partsituations
1 to 5 for use
Anchor intended for seismic application will need to be tested as per the new ETAG 001 Annex E. A precondition for
in cracked and non-cracked concrete (option 1 to 6).
qualification
!! = !!! !in !,!anchor
+ !!"seismic
+ !!!performance
!!,! !!,! . categories C1 and C2 is the complete assessment according to ETAG 001 Part !!"# = 0.75 ∙ !!,!,!"
1 to 5 for use in cracked and non-cracked concrete (option 1 to 6). Qualification of anchors for category C2 includes reference tests up to failure at ∆w = 0.8mm , tests under pulsatin
Qualification of anchors for category C1 comprises tests
Nm
under alternating shear N!,!,!"# max
■
load
Qualification of anchors for category C1 comprises tests under pulsating tension load !,!,!"#
1.0
normalized
Crack width mean tension width Δw
n 0.8 C20/25, Δw =
Displacement assessment
capacity for C20/25, ∆w = 0.5mm 0.8mm
cycle 0.8
10 100 ncycle 0.6 !!"# = 0.75 ∙ !!,!,!"#
N
N N min
min
30
0.4
!!"# = 0.85 ∙ !!,!,!"
tests under!alternating
= 0.5 ∙ !
N 0.2
eq
0
!"… …
shear load !,!,!"#
! = 0.375 ∙ !
-0.2 ! shear load !,!,!"#
tests under alternating !!,!,!"# normalizedmean
!!,!,!"#==normalized meant
N = N0.5 N
andeqtests under alternating
i
shear load.
u,m,ref
■
! = 0.25 ∙ !
-0.4
! !,!,!"# capacityfor
capacity forC20/25,
C20/25,∆w∆w==0
Load V/V-0.6
max Crack
Anchor load
Ni V = 0.375 Vu,m,ref N ■ m -0.8
1.0
Crack width width Δw
-1.0
! = normalized mean tension
Displacement assessment
Nm ±V = 0.25 Vu,m,ref eq
■ !,!,!"#
0.8
0.8
capacity for C20/25, ∆w = 0.5mm
0.6
C20/25, ±V Δw = 0.5mm
… …
0
tests under-0.2
alternating shear load
m as well as tests under crack cycling. !!,!,!"# = normalized mean
and tests under alternating shear load. ! = 0.5 ∙ !
-0.4
Load V/Vmax !" Anchor load !,!,!"# Crack capacity for C20/25, ∆w = 0
-0.6
width Δw
and tests under alternating shear load. -0.8
1.0
! = 0.375 ∙ !
! Crack width !,!,!"#
Displacement assessment
V VV 10 30 100 n
-1.0
0.8 !! = 0.25 ∙ !!,!,!"#
min cycle
0.6 0.8
±V
±Veq 0.4
!!"#
eq
Time t !!!==0.85
0.4 ∙∙ !
!!,!,!"#
! 0.2
!,!,!"#= normalized mean shear !,!,!"#
as well max
as-0.4
tests under cycling.
■
±V ±Vm -0.6
capacity
!!,!,!"#for=C20/25, ∆wmean
normalized =0
V != =normalized
0.5 ∙ !!,!,!"# mean shear capacity for
m
-0.8
u,m,ref !" capacity for C20/25, ∆w =
-1.0
!! =C20/25, Δw = 0.8mm
0.375 ∙ !!,!,!"#
ncycle !! = 0.25 ∙ !!,!,!"#
VVminmin
10 30 100 n cycle
Time t
!!! = 0.4 ∙ !!,!,!"#
as well!!,!,!"#
as tests under crack
= normalized cycling.
mean shear
!!! = 0.5 ∙ !!,!,!"#
Design Manual 2 (15) as well as tests under crack cycling. JoB-130605-001
capacity for C20/25, ∆w = 0.5mm !!,!,!"# = normalized mean
capacity for C20/25, ∆w = 0
Design Manual 3 (15) JoB
Vm = 0.25 Vu,m,ref ■
N w2
Design Manual
= 0.5 Nu,m,ref ■
3 (15) JoB-1
Nu,m,ref = normalized mean shear capacity for
C20/25, Δw = 0.8mm
13
EXCEPTIONAL LOAD CASES
Recommended seismic performance anchor capacities in terms of both resistances at ultimate
categories for anchors limit state and displacements at damage limitation
state and ultimate limit state. The following tables relate
The seismic performance of anchors subjected to seismic the seismic performance categories C1 and C2 to the
loading is categorized by the performance categories seismicity level and building importance class. The level
C1 and C2. of seismicity is defined as a function of the product ag S, ■
Seismic performance category C1 provides anchor where ag is the design ground acceleration on Type A
capacities only in terms of resistances at ultimate limit ground and S the soil factor both in accordance with
SEISMIC AND FIRE
low b
0.05g < ag,1 S ≤ 0.10g C1 C2
■
a The values defining the seismicity levels are may be found in the National Annex of EN 1988-1.
b Definition according to EN 1998-1:2004, 3.2.1.
c ag = γI k agR desing ground acceleration on Type A ground (EN 1998-1:2004, 3.2.1),
S = soil factor (see e.g. EN 1998-1:2004, 3.2.2).
C1 C2
a The values defining the seismicity levels are may be found in the National Annex of EN 1988-1.
b Definition according to EN 1998-1:2004, 3.2.1.
c ag = γI k agR desing ground acceleration on Type A ground (EN 1998-1:2004, 3.2.1),
S = soil factor (see e.g. EN 1998-1:2004, 3.2.2).
III Buildings whose seismic restistance is of importance in view of the consequences associtaed with a
collapse, e.g. schools, assembly halls, cultural institutions, etc.
14
plastic hinge in the fixture (Figure 2) requires to take into account specific aspects including e.g. the redis
loads to the individual anchors of a group, the redistribution of the loads in the structure and the low cyc
behaviour of the fixture.
In the
hinge in the fixture design 2)
(Figure of fastenings
requires one of theinto
to take following options
account specific aspects including e.g. the redistribution of
a1), a2) or b) shall be satisfied: Fig. 2: Yielding in
o the individual anchors of a group, the redistribution of the loads in the structure and the low cycle fatigue
baseplate
our of the fixture.a) Design without requirements on the ductility of the
anchors.
It shall beFig.1:
assumed that anchors
Yielding are non-dissipative
in attached element Fig.2: Yielding in baseplate Fig.3: Capacity of attac
elements element
and they are not able to dissipate energy by
means of ductile hysteretic behaviour and that they do
For the following non-structural elements the importance factor γ shall not be chosen less than 1,5:
a
The behaviour factor qa and seismic amplification factor Aa may be taken from the following table
16
be accounted for energy dissipation in the global structural analysis or in the analysis o
proper justification is provided by a non-linear time history (dynamic) analysis (accordin
behaviour of the anchor is provided by an ETA. This approach is applicable only for th
acting on the anchor.
Note: Option b) may not be suitable for the fastening of primary seismic members (EN
non-recoverable displacements of the anchor that may be expected. It is recommended
secondary seismic members. Furthermore, unless shear loads acting on the fastening ar
additional anchors should be provided and designed in accordance with option a1) or
• Only valid for anchor of seismic category C2,
b) Design with requirements on the ductility of the Vertical effects
• Anchor needs to comply with a list of requirements that to ensure ductility (e.g.
anchors. For the design of the anchors in connections between
• Recommended for secondary seismic members and non-structural attachments
The anchor or group of anchors is designed for the structural elements of primary and/or secondary seismic
seismic members (considering possibly large non-recoverable displacements o
design actions including the seismic actions AE,d members the vertical component of the seismic action
• In order to ensure the steel failure, additional checks must be done (compariso
corresponding to the ultimate limit state (EN 1998-1). shall beresistance).
taken into account according to EN 1998-1,
The tension steel capacity of the fastening shall be Section 4.3.3.5.2 (2) to (4) if the vertical design ground
smaller than the tension capacity governed by concrete acceleration
Vertical effects avg is greater than 2.5 m/s .
2
17
EXCEPTIONAL LOAD CASES
Resistances and required verifications considered to act simultaneously if no other more
General provisions: accurate model is used for the estimation of the
• Limited to the anchor configurations from ETAG Annex probable simultaneous value of each action effect,
C and TR029. • An annular gap between an anchor and its fixture
• Stand-off installations (grouted or not) are out of scope. should be avoided in seismic design situations. For
• Only anchors qualified by ETAG Annex E can be used fastenings of non-structural elements in minor
for seismic. non-critical applications an annular gap (diameter
• If the seismic contribution to the design load df) of the clearance hole in the fixture not larger than
the value given in ETAG 001; Annex C is allowed.
SEISMIC AND FIRE
Required verifications
Anchor group
Failure mode Single anchor
most loaded anchor group
Steel failure NSd,seis ≤ NRd,s,seis N h
Sd,seis
≤N h
Rd,s,seis
Steel failure, shear load without lever arm2) VSd,seis ≤ VRd,s,seis VSd,seis
h
≤ VRd,s,seis
h
Shear
18
Design Resistance Note: The forces on the anchors are amplified in
The seismic design resistance Rd,seis (NRd,seis, VRd,seis) of a presence an annular gap under shear loading
fastening is given by: due to a hammer effect on the anchor. For
reasons of simplicity this effect is considered only
in the resistance of the fastening. In absence of
The characteristic seismic resistance Rk,seis (NRk,seis, VRk,seis) information in the ETA the following values
of a fastening shall be calculated for each failure mode αgap may be used. These values are based on a
limited number of tests.
aseis = reduction factor to take into account the influence of large cracks and scatter of load displacement curves,
see the following table
19
EXCEPTIONAL LOAD CASES
R0k,seis = basic characteristic seismic resistance for a given failure mode determined as follows:
Displacements
The anchor displacement under tensile and shear load at
damage limitation state (DLS) shall be limited to a value
δN,req(DLS) and δV,req(DLS) to meet requirements regarding If fastenings and attached elements shall be operational
e.g. functionality and assumed support conditions. These after an earthquake the relevant displacements have to
values shall be selected based on the requirements of the be taken into account.
specific application. When assuming a rigid support in
the analysis the designer shall establish the limiting Combined Tension and Shear
displacement compatible to the requirement for the
structural behaviour.
Note: In a number of cases, the acceptable
displacement associated to a rigid support
condition is considered to be in the range of 3 mm.
If deformations (displacements or rotations) are relevant
for the design of the connection (such as, for example,
on secondary seismic members or façade elements) it
shall be demonstrated that these deformations can be
accommodated by the anchors.
If the anchor displacements δN,Seis(DLS) under tension with and , where the largest ratios
loading and/or δV,Seis(DLS) under shear loading provided and shall be inserted.
in the relevant ETA (for anchors qualified for seismic
performance category C2) are higher than the
corresponding required values δN,req(DLS) and/or δV,req(DLS),
the design resistance may be reduced according to
Equations (5.11) and (5.12) to meet the required
displacement limits.
20
Seismic action for Seismic action for
performance performance
category accor- category accor- Authority / No. /
Anchor type Size
ding to EC 8 ding to ICC-ESR date of issue
C1 C2 A, B C-F
M12 3
M16 3 DIBT
M20 3 ETA-09/0040 /
M24 3 2013-06-14
M27 3
M30 3
WIT-PE500 M ⅜
₁⁄₂ 3 3
21
EXCEPTIONAL LOAD CASES
Structural verifications under fire exposure and design values of the anchor resistances for the
respective failure modes
In general, the duration of the fire resistance of investigations are given. The duration of fire resistance
anchorages depends mainly on the configuration of of the anchor can be determined from the results.
the structure itself (base materials, anchorage including A combination of the design concepts is possible. For
the fixture). It is not possible to classify an anchor for example: the duration of the fire resistance for individual
its fire resistance. This evaluation concept includes the failure modes (e.g. steel failure) can be determined
behaviour of the anchorage in concrete and the parts by tests and for other failure modes (e.g. pull-out and
SEISMIC AND FIRE
outside the concrete. The influence of the fixation is concrete failure) the limit values can be determined using
considered unfavourable. the simplified design method.
22
General provisions: • The determination is valid for unprotected anchors,
• Valid for anchors with an European Technical • The characteristic spacing and edge distance for
Approval (ETA), which can be used in cracked anchorages near the edge under fire exposure are
and non-cracked concrete, taken as follows scr,N = 2ccr,N = 4hef,
• The determination covers anchors with a fire attack • γM,fi = 1.0 or given in relevant ETA,
from one side only. If the fire attack is from more than • NRk,p, N0Rk,c, V0Rk,c characteristic resistances of
one side, the design method may be taken only, if the a single anchor in cracked concrete C20/25 for
edge distance of the anchor is c ≥ 300mm and concrete cone failure under normal temperature.
≥ 2 hef,
given in ETA
hef hef
N0Rk,c,fi(90) = ■
N0Rk,c ≤ N0Rk,c N0Rk,c,fi(90) = ■
N0Rk,c ≤ N0Rk,c
200 200
Concrete cone failure
hef hef
N0Rk,c,fi(120) = 0.8 ■ ■
N0Rk,c ≤ N0Rk,c N0Rk,c,fi(120) = 0.8 ■ ■
N0Rk,c ≤ N0Rk,c
200 200
Splitting not required not required
Steel failure, shear load without lever arm VRk,s,fi(t) = 0.5 As σRk,s,fi(t)■ ■
given in ETA
Steel failure, shear load with lever arm M0RK,s,fi(t) = 1.2 Wel σRk,s,fi(t)
■ ■
given in ETA
Shear
23
EXCEPTIONAL LOAD CASES
Characteristic tension strength of an unprotected anchor made of C-steel in case of fire exposure in the time up to
hef σRk,s,fi(t)
mm mm N/mm2
30min 60min
90min 120min
SEISMIC AND FIRE
Characteristic tension strength of an unprotected anchor made of stainless steel in case of fire exposure in the time up to
hef σRk,s,fi(t)
mm mm N/mm2
30min 60min
90min 120min
(R15 to R30) (R45 and R60)
∅ 6 / M6 ≥ 30 10 9 7 5
∅ 8 / M8 ≥ 30 20 16 12 10
∅ 10 / M10 ≥ 40 25 20 16 14
≥ ∅ 12 / M12 ≥ 50 30 25 20 16
24
effective
ancho- Max. tensile loading (kN)
Anchor type Size rage for specified fire resistance time Authority / No.
depth
(mm) R30 R60 R90 R120 R180 R240
M8 80 0.9 0.5 0.3 0.2
M10 90 3.2 1.8 1.1 0.8
M12 110 4.2 2.3 1.4 0.9
M16 125 8.3 5.3 3.8 3.0 IBMB Braunschweig
WIT-PE500 M 3302/252/
M20 170 17.3 10.2 6.7 5.0 08/N13
M24 210 24.9 14.8 9.7 7.2
25
EXCEPTIONAL LOAD CASES
M20 9.4 8.2 6.9 6.3 Data valid for steel failure, for
other failure modes see approval.
M24 13.6 11.8 10.0 9.1
M27 17.6 15.3 13.0 11.8
M8 3.80 2.90 2.00 1.60
M10 6.90 5.20 3.50 2.70 DIBt Berlin
M12 11.50 8.60 5.60 4.20 ETA-99/0011
W-FAZ/A4
W-FAZ/HCR M16 21.50 16.00 10.50 7.80 Data valid for steel failure, for
M20 33.50 25.00 16.40 12.10 other failure modes see approval.
M24 48.20 35.90 23.60 17.40
10/M6 1.00 0.80 0.60 0.40
12/M8 1.90 1.50 1.00 0.80
DIBt Berlin
15/M10 4.30 3.20 2.10 1.50 ETA-02/0031
W-HAZ/S 18/M12 6.30 4.60 3.00 2.00
24/M16 11.60 8.60 5.00 3.10 Data valid for steel failure, for
other failure modes see approval.
24/M16L 11.60 8.60 5.00 3.10
28/M20 18.30 13.50 7.70 4.90
12/M8 6.10 4.40 2.60 1.80
DIBt Berlin
15/M10 10.20 7.30 4.30 2.80 ETA-02/ 0031
W-HAZ/A4
18/M12 15.70 11.10 6.40 4.10 Data valid for steel failure, for
other failure modes see approval.
24/M16 29.20 20.60 12.00 7.70
∅7.5 1.70 1.20 0.80 0.60
∅10 3.40 2.50 1.70 1.20 DIBt Berlin
ETA-05/0012
W-SA/S ∅12 5.90 4.40 3.00 2.20
Data valid for steel failure, for
∅14 8.30 6.30 4.20 3.10 other failure modes see approval.
∅16 10.80 8.10 5.40 4.10
∅7.5 1.70 1.20 0.80 0.60 DIBt Berlin
ETA-06/0277
W-SA/A4 ∅10 3.40 2.50 1.70 1.20
Data valid for steel failure, for
∅12 5.90 4.40 3.00 2.20 other failure modes see approval.
M6/40 ≤0.90 ≤0.50 ≤0.30 ≤0.25
M8 ≤1.40 ≤0.80 ≤0.50 ≤0.40 IBMB Braunschweig
20544/2012
M10 ≤2.20 ≤1.20 ≤0.80 ≤0.60
W-FA/S
M12 ≤3.20 ≤1.80 ≤1.20 ≤0.90 Data valid for steel failure, for
M16 ≤6.00 ≤3.40 ≤2.20 ≤1.70 other failure modes see approval.
26
27
WIT FOR POST-INSTALLED REBAR
Rebar used as Anchor versus Post-installed Rebar Connections
Rebar used as Anchor and a subsequent assessment (EOTA-Technical Report
Situations where the concrete needs to take up tensile TR 023) it is proven that the load transfer for post-
load from the anchorage or where reinforcing bars are installed reinforcing bars is similar to cast in bars if the
designed to carry shear loads should be considered stiffness of the overall load transfer mechanism is similar
as “rebar used as anchors” and designed according to the cast-in
Benefi ts: system. The efficiency depends on the
to anchor design method such as given e.g. in the • Europof the adhesive mortar against the concentrated
strength
guidelines of EOTA and ACI or simplified in this Design load close to the ribs and on the capacity of load transfer
Manual. Those guidelines verify all possible failure loads at the interface of the drilled hole.
in tension and shear. In many cases the bond values of post-installed bars are
higher compared to cast in bars due to better
POST -INSTALLED REBAR
Post-installed Rebar Connection performance of the adhesive mortar. But for small edge
The design of the rebar anchorage is performed distance and/or narrow spacing, splitting or spalling
according to structural concrete design codes, e.g. forces become decisive due to the low tensile capacity
EN 1992-1-1 or ACI 318. With a given test regime of the concrete.
28
If an adhesive meets all assessment criteria, rebar connections carried out with this adhesive can be designed with the bond
WIT f o r p o st -in st a lled r e b a r
strength and minimum anchorage length according to EN 1992-1-1as given in the tables below for different Würth injection
Ifadhesives.
an adhesive meets all assessment criteria, rebar connections carried out with this adhesive can be designed with the bond
strength and(or
minimum anchorage WIT fgiven
o r pinothest -in st abelow
lled r edifferent
bar
Adhesives in conjunction with length according
a certain to EN 1992-1-1as
drilling procedure) which do tables
not fully comply with allfor
assessment Würth
criteriainjection
can still
adhesives.
obtain an approval. WIT
WITf of ro pr op st -in-in
o st stst
a lled
a lledr er be ab ra r
Adhesives
If(or theinbond
conjunction
strengthwith a certain
obtained drilling
in tests doesprocedure) which
not fulfil the do notrequirements,
specified fully comply then
with bond
all assessment
strengths criteria can those
lower than still
obtain
• If itan approval.
cannot
given be
byshown that the bond
EN 1992-1-1 shallstrength of
be applied. These values are given in the respective approval.
reinforcing bars post-installed with a selected
IfIfthe bond
it cannot strength
be shown obtained
that theinbond
tests strength
does notoffulfil the specified
reinforcing requirements, with
bars post-installed thenabond strengths
selected lower
product andthan those
cast-in
product and cast-in reinforcing bars in cracked
given by EN 1992-1-1 shall be applied. These values are given in the respective approval.
reinforcing bars in cracked concrete (w=0.3mm) is similar, then the minimum anchorage length l and the minimum
concrete (w=0.3mm) is similar, then the minimum b,min
Ifoverlap
it cannotlength
be shown thatbe
theincreased
bond strength of reinforcing
1.5. bars post-installed with a selected product and cast-in
anchorage length lb,minl0,min
andshall
the minimum overlap by a factor
reinforcing
length l bars
shall be in cracked
increased by aconcrete
factor 1.5.(w=0.3mm) is similar, then the minimum anchorage length l and the minimum b,min
0,min
overlap length l shall be increased by a factor 1.5.
Fig. 3: Overlap joint at a foundation of a column or wall where the
Applications 0,min
Applications
Products testedaccording
Products tested accordingto to above
above guideline
guideline can can be used for applications in non-carbonated concrete C12/15 to C50/60
be used
(EN foronly,
206) applications
which arein non-carbonated concrete
also allowed with straight deformed cast-in bars
Fig. 3: Overlap joint ataccording
a foundationtoof(EC2),
a column e.g. those
or wall in the
where the following
rebars are stressed
Products
C12/15 tested
to C50/60according
(EN to above
206) only, guideline
which are can be used for applications in non-carbonated concrete C12/15 to C50/60
also
applications:
allowed
(EN 206)with
only,straight
whichdeformed
are alsocast-in
allowedbarswith straight deformedFig.
according 3: Overlap
cast-in
Fig. 3: bars joint at aatfoundation
according
Overlap joint of aofe.g.
to (EC2),
a foundation column or or
those
a column wall where
inwall
the thethe
following
where rebars areare
rebars stre
Note to the following Figures: In the Figures no transverse reinforcement is plotted, the transverse reinforcement as
Fig. 4: Rebar connection for components stressed primarily in compression. The rebars
Fig.Fig.
4: Rebar connection
4: Rebar forfor
connection components stressed
components primarily
stressed in compression.
primarily TheThe
in compression. re
Fig.1:1:Overlap
Fig. Overlap joint
joint for
forrebar
rebarconnections.
connections
Anwendungsbilder
Anwendungsbilder
Anwendungsbilder
conditions exist
η2 … is related to the bar diameter:
η2 = 1.0 for ∅ ≤ 32 mm
η2 = (132 - ∅)/100 for ∅ > 32 mm
Compressive strength class C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60
fck [N/mm2] 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
fck,cube [N/mm2] 15 20 25 30 37 45 50 55 60
fcm [N/mm2] 20 24 28 33 38 43 48 53 58
fctm [N/mm2] 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.5 3.8 4.1
fctk, 0.05 [N/mm2] 1.1 1.3 1.5 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.5 2.7 2.9
fctk, 0.95 [N/mm2] 2.0 2.5 2.9 3.3 3.8 4.2 4.6 4.9 5.3
fbd [N/mm2] 1.65 1.95 2.25 2.70 3.00 3.30 3.75 4.05 4.35
The design value of the bond stress for different adhesives and drilling methods are given below:
Compressive strength class C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60
Hammer
drilling and
fbd [N/mm2] 1.65 1.95 2.25 2.70 3.00 3.30 3.75 4.05 4.35
compressed
WIT-PE 500
air drilling
Diamond fbd
[N/mm2] 1.65 1.95 2.25 2.70 3.00 3.00 3.40 3.70 3.70
drilling
Hammer
drilling and
WIT-VM 250 fbd [N/mm2] 1.65 1.95 2.25 2.70 3.00 3.30 3.75 4.05 4.35
compressed
air drilling
Tab. 3: Design values of the bond stress of Würth's WIT adhesives in case of good bond condition.
30
Development length
Development length is the shortest length needed for
reinforcing bar so that the yield strength can induced in
the bar.
31
POST -INSTALLED REBAR
32
WIT-PE 500 and WIT-VM 250: Design loads versus anchorage depht
Bar
Design load for good bond condition, C20/25
size
25 490.9 500 1.15 213.4 2.3 1208 362 71 88 106 124 141 159 177 194 212
28 615.8 500 1.15 267.7 2.3 1353 406 99 119 139 158 178 198 218 238 257
32 804.2 500 1.15 349.7 2.3 1546 464 113 136 158 181 204 226 249 271 294 317 339
40 1256.6 500 1.15 546.4 2.1 2100 630 182 208 234 260 286 312 338 364 390 416 442 468 494 520 546
Anchorage length [mm] 120 130 140 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100
• Europ
Benefits:
WIT f o r p o st -in st a lled r e b a r
Basic anchorage length
The calculation of the required anchorage length shall take into consideration the type of steel and bond properties
BasicThe
bars. anchorage
basic required Lap or Splice
lengthanchorage length, l , for anchoring length
the force
b,rqd A σ in a bar assuming constant bond stress
s. sd
The calculation of the required anchorage length shall The design lap length is
fbd follows from:
take into consideration the type of steel and bond
properties of the bars. The basic required anchorage
length, l ∅, for!anchoring
!" the force As σsd in a bar α1 = 1.0 for anchorage of straight bars; in case of
!!,!"# =b,rqd ∙
■
assuming constant
4 !!" bond stress equal to fbd follows from: post-installed rebar application only straight
bar possible.
(α2α3α5) ≥ 0.7.
α2 =α1.0
2 = 1.0 for reinforcement bar in compression.
for reinforcement bar in compression.
α2: 0.7 ≤ 1 - 0.15 (cd - ∅)/∅ ≤ 1.0 for l0,min is the bar
minimum lap length:
α2: 0.7 ≤ 1 - 0.15 (cd - ∅)/∅ ≤ 1.0 for reinforcement in tension.
reinforcement bar in tension.
Percentage of lapped
bars relative to the <25% 33% 50% >50%
total cross-section area
Fig.
Fig. 7: Valuesforfor
7: Values beams
beams and slabs
and slabs.
a6 1.00 1.15 1.40 1.50
α(α2α3α5)
= 1.0 no
4 welded transverse reinforcement.
≥ 0.7.
(α α α ) ≥ 0.7.
2 3 5
l
for anchorages
b,min is the minimum anchorage length if no other limitation is applied:
in compression
!!,!"# ≥ max (0.3 ∙ !!,!"# ; 10∅; 100!!) for anchorages in tension
When using WIT-PE 500 with diamond wet drilling
! ≥ max (0.6 ∙ !!,!"# ; 10∅; 100!!) for anchorages in compression
multiply the values by!,!"#
1.5.
When using WIT-PE 500 with diamond wet drilling multiply the values by 1.5.
33
Benefits:
• Europ
Exposure Class
X0 XC1 XC2/XC3 XC4 XD1/XS1 XD2/XS2 XD3/XS3
S1 10 10 10 15 20 25 30
S2 10 10 15 20 25 30 35
POST -INSTALLED REBAR
S3 10 10 20 25 30 35 40
Structural Class
S4 10 15 25 30 35 40 45
S5 15 20 30 35 40 45 50
S6 20 25 35 40 45 50 55
Tab. 6: Values of minimum cover, cmin,dur [mm] requirements with regard to durability for reinforcement steel.
The minimum cover of post-installed reinforcing bars depending on drilling method cmin,inst
Concrete cover:
34
Concrete cover: min ! = max( !!"# ; !!"#,!"#$ )
The spacing between post-installed reinforcing bars shall be greater max(5∅; 50mm),
Embedment depth
Embedment depth for overlap joints If the clear distance between the overlapping rebar is
For calculation of the effective embedment depth of over- greater than 4 Ø the lap length shall be enlarged by the
lap joints the concrete cover at end-face of bonded-in difference between the clear distance and 4 Ø.
rebar c1 shall be considered:
Embedment depth
Embedment depth for overlap joints
Maximum embedment depth
For calculation of the effective embedment
The maximum permissible embedment depth is
depth of overlap joints the concrete cover at end-face of bonded-in re
be considered:
depending on adhesive, adhesive temperature and
the diameter of the rebar:
!! ≥ !! + Bar
!! size ∅ [mm] 8 10 12 14 16 20 25 28 32 40
Adhesive temperature Maximum permissible embedment depth
If the clear distance between the overlapping rebar is greater than 4 Ø the lap length shall be enlarged by the
+5°C to +19°C lmax [cm] 130 200
WIT-PE 500
between the≥clear
20°C distance and lmax 4 [cm]
Ø. 200 280
WIT-VM 250 +5°C to +25°C lmax [cm] 100 100 120 140 160 200 200
Tab. 8: Maximum approved embedment depth.
35
WIT FOR POST-INSTALLED REBAR
WIT-PE
in such a way to create a linear extension 500
of the bond exceeding c /∅ > f3 or spacing
≤ +24°C
strength function [N/mm ] >6.0
of a/∅ 6 and 6.0 5 2
37
WIT FOR POST-INSTALLED REBAR
W IT-PE 500: Design loads versus anchorage depth
Characteristic yield strength of
Design restistance of
Development length
Cross sectional area
Bar
Design load for good bond condition, C20/25
reinforcing steel
of reinforcement
size
Benefits:
• Europ
Design restistance of
Development length
Cross sectional area
Bar
reinforcement bar
size
38
Load C ase Fire
The bond strength in slabs under fire has been evalu
Brunswik, Germany. The conformity with the German
Approval. These documents are downloadable from
0.32 30
0.40 35
0.0
0.50 40
0.62 45
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.79 0.31 50
0.95 0.37 55
!…,!" !…
1.16 0.44 !!",! = !!",!" ∙ !! ∙ ∅ ∙ !60
1.50 0.53 65
39
!…,!" !…
!!",! = !!",!" ∙ !! ∙ ∅ ∙ !
Benefits:
Anchorage • Europ fire resistance class
Bar size Max. load
lenght
R 30 R60 R90 R 120 R 180
295 16.2
315 25.3
The load case “Fire” is an exceptional load case. Please Corrosion behaviour of post-installed
see the respective standard e.g. EN1991 for load reinforcing bars
combinations and safety factors. Material factors are According to the assessment criteria of EOTA-Technical
assumed to be γM,fi = 1.0. Report TR 023, section 3.3.4 it has to be shown by tests
that post installed rebar connections conducted with a
particular adhesive provide the same corrosion
resistance as cast-in-place rebar. Consequently all Würth
adhesives with approval according to TR 023 have been
tested.
40
WITforf opost-installe
WIT pr p o st -ined
st arebar
lled ap
r pplication
ebar
Examples
Examples
WIT for p
post-installe
ed rebar appplication
Examples
End
E support
End support ofof beam,
f beam, simply
simply supported
ly supported
Examples
500
5
500
2525
5
5
500
450
4500 25
5
V VEd= =117.66kN
Ed 117.66kN
N
450
0
Given
G
Given information
informattion
Concrete:
Concrette:C20/25 C20/25
G
Given Steel:
informattion
Given
B500B
B500B
Steel: information
Actions:
Concrette:Actions:
C20/25 s: s=d =C20/25
Concrete: d 23.75kN/m,
23.75kN/m,S S=d =50kN d 500kN
Cross
Steel: B500BCross section
se
Steel: ection
B500B of beam:
of bea h
m: x
h b
x =
b =0.5m0. 5mx x0.3m
0.3m
Actions::Effective
Actions:
sEffective
d = 23.75k edepth
s
depth= ofofcross
23.75kN/m,
d N/m, Scro= section:
d oss50 S =
section:
0kN d d d= =0.44m
50kN 0.44m
Cross Cross
sectionsection of ofcolumn:
beam: h xc bx= c0.5m = x 0.3mx 0.6m
0.6m
Crossofsebea
Cross seection ection m: of
h xcolu b umn:
= 0.5m c1 xxc0.3m
1
2 = 0.6m x 0.6m
2 m
Effective depth of cross section: d = 0.44m
Clear
Clear
Effectivee depth distance
distance between
betwe two
een two columns:
colum 4.5m
mns: 4.5m
Crossofsection
crooss ofsection:
column: dc1 = x c0.44m= 0.6m x 0.6m
Effective
Effective
Cross seection of espan:
span:
colu umn: l
Clear distance between l=c
eff
eff 1= 5.0m
x 5
5.0m
c = 0.6m
2
2 two columns: 4.5m x 0.6m m 5.3.2.2;
5.3.2.2;EN1992-1-1:2011-01
EN1992-1-1:2011-01
Exposure
Exposur
Clear distance betwe
Effective Class:
re span:
Class: XC4
een ltwo XC4 4 mns: 4.5m
colum
= 5.0m 5.3.2.2; EN1992-1-1:2011-01
eff
Concrete
Concret
Effectivee span:Exposure cover:
leffte= cover:
5 Class:
5.0m c cnom=40mm
XC4 =
nom 40mm 5.3.2.2; EN1992-1-1:2011-01
BendingConcrete
Bending
Exposurre Class: XC4 g momentcover:
moment
4 at
c at
nommid
=m40mm
mid span:
span:MME= 193.95kNm
ds = 193.95kN
Eds Nm
Bottom Bending moment at mid span: M = 193.95kNm
Concrette cover:reinforcement
Bottom creinforcemen required at mid span:
nom= 40mm nt required at mid span:
Eds
Bottom reinforcement required at mid span:
Bending 4 4∅∅
g moment20 (=12.6cm
20 (=12.6cm ) 2> A
2 ) >M A ds===11.785cm
=11.785cm
11.785cm
4 ∅ 20at m span:
mid 193.95kN 2 Nm
2 2
s,erf 2
(=12.6cm ) > As,erfEs,erf 9.2.1.1; EN1992-1-1:2011-01
A As,max= =0.04 ntA A= 60cmcm 9.2.1.1;
9.2.1.1;EN1992-1-1:2011-01
As,max 0.04
Bottom reinforcemen 0= 0.04 Ac c== 60c
required 60cmat 2 mid span: EN1992-1-1:2011-01
2
s,max c 2
4 ∅ 20 ShearShear
(=12.6cm force
Shear fo 2 at support: V
orce) > at
force suppo
As,erf
at = 11.7
support: =Ed=117.66kN
ort:V V85cmEd
Ed
=117.66kN
117
2
7.66kN
As,max = 0.04
0 Ac = 60ccm 2
9.2.1.1; EN1992-1-1:2011-01
Shear fo orce at suppo
ort: VEd = 117
7.66kN
0.5mmx x0.3m
0.5m 0.3m
0.5m
m x 0.3m
Bottom
Bottom reinforcement
reinforccement at Sup atpport
Support
!!
Tensile
Tensileforce
forcetotobebeanchored:
anchored:!! = !!" ∙ 9.2.1.4
9.2.1.4(2);
(2);EN1992-1-1:2011-01
EN19
992-1-1:2011--01
!
Bottom reinforccement at Sup
pport ! = 0.9 ∙ ! = 0.9 ∙ 0.44 = 0.396 6.2.3 (1); EN1992-1-1:2011-01
6.2.3 (1); EN199 92-1-1:2011-0
41 1
Tensile force to be anchored: ! cot ! − cot ! 9.2.1.3
9.2.1.4 (2);
9.2EN19(2); EN1992-1-1:2011-01
.1.3992-1-1:2011-
(2); EN19 -01
992-1-1:2011- -01
!! =
2 6.2.3
6.2 (1);
.3 EN1992-1-1:2011-01
(1); EN199 92-1-1:2011-0 1
6.2.3 (1); EN199 92-1-1:2011-01
! =! 9.2.1.3 (2); EN1992-1-1:2011-01
WIT FOR POST-INSTALLED REBAR
Bottom reinforcement at Support
Tensile force to be anchored: 9.2.1.4 (2); EN1992-1-1:2011-01
6.2.3 (1); EN1992-1-1:2011-01
9.2.1.3 (2); EN1992-1-1:2011-01
6.2.3 (1); EN1992-1-1:2011-01
9.2.1.3 (2); EN1992-1-1:2011-01
Benefits:
• Europ
8.4.3; EN1992-1-1:2011-01
8.4.3; EN1992-1-1:2011-01
α1 = 1.0
α2 = 0.72
0.7 ≤ 1 - 0.15 (cd - ∅)/∅ ≤ 1.0
cd = 39.5mm
α3 = 1.0
α4 = 1.0
α5 = 1.0
lbd controls
42
.5mm
0
0
0
0.72 ∙ 440.45 = 318mm
≥ max (0.3 ∙ 440.45; 10 ∙ 14; 100!!) =140mm
ols
Embedment depth (considering effective span)
ment depth (considering
linst = 318 +effective span)
250 = 568mm
8 + 250 = 568mm
3 ∅ 14
18 (18) JoB-130605-001
43
DESIGN TEMPLATE – BONDED ANCHORS
Actions
Design value of tensile load NgSd= kN
Number of anchors in the group loaded with tension n=
N g
Design value of tensile load acting on a single anchor Benefits:
NSd = ___
Sd
kN
n =
h
• Europ
Design value of shear load VgSd =
Number of anchors in the group loaded with shear n=
V g
Design value of shear load acting on a single anchor = ___ kN
Sd
VSd
h
n =
Anchor data
Anchor type
Anchor diameter M
CALCULATION GUIDELINE
Structural verification
βN = max(βN,s; βN,p; βN,c; βN,sp) =
βN ≤ 1
βV = max(βV,s; βV,cp; βV,c) =
βV ≤ 1
βN + β V =
βN + βV ≤ 1.2
44
Resistances
Calculation of Design values of resistance to tension loads
In case of steel failure
Desing value NRd,s = kN
CALCULATION GUIDELINE
Influence of edge distance
cx fcx,1,p =
cx = mm /c =
cr,p fcx,2,p =
ccr,p = mm
cy
cy = mm /c = fcy,p =
cr,p
NRd,p = N 0
Rd,p
■
fb,N fhef fsx,p fsy,p fcx,1,p fcx,2,p fcy,p
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Influence of spacing
sx = mm sx/
scr,N =
nx = fsx =
sy = scr,N = mm
mm sy /
scr,N =
ny = fsy =
45
DESIGN TEMPLATE – BONDED ANCHORS
In case of concrete splitting failure
No verification of splitting is required if at least one of the conditions is fulfilled:
a) The edge distance in all direction is c ≥ ccr,sp for single fastener and c ≥ 1.2 ccr,sp for fastener groups and the member depth is
h ≥ hmin in both cases.
b) The characteristic resistance for concrete cone failure and pull-out failure is calculated for cracked concrete and reinforcement resists
the splitting forces and limits the crack width to wk ≤ 0.3mm.
cx ≥ ccr,sp
cx = mm ccr,sp = mm Benefits:
cx ≥ 1.2 ccr,sp
• Europ
■
cy ≥ ccr,sp
cy = mm 1.2 ccr,sp =
■
mm
cy ≥ 1.2 ccr,sp ■
h= mm hmin = mm h ≥ hmin
Basic design value N0Rd,c = kN
Influence of compressive strength of concrete fb,N =
Influence of anchorage depth
ef,typ
Influence of spacing
sx = mm sx/
scr,p = fsx,sp =
nx =
scr,sp = mm
sy = mm sy
/s = fsy,sp =
ny = cr,sp
h= mm hmin = mm h/hmin = fh =
NRd,sp = N0Rd,c fb,N fhef fsx,sp fsy,sp fcx,1,sp fcx,2,sp fcy,sp fh
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
46
Resistances
Calculation of Design values of resistance to shear loads
In case of steel failure
Desing value VRd,s = kN
βV,cp = V /
h
Ratio between design action and design resistance VRd,cp=
Sd
Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all directions
CALCULATION GUIDELINE
c > max (10hef ; 60d). for anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be calculated. The smallest value
should be used in verification.
47
DESIGN TEMPLATE – METAL ANCHORS
Actions
Design value of tensile load NgSd= kN
Number of anchors in the group loaded with tension n=
N g
Design value of tensile load acting on a single anchor = ___ kN
Sd
NSd
h
n =
Anchor data
Anchor type
Anchor diameter M
CALCULATION GUIDELINE
Structural verification
βN = max(βN,s; βN,p; βN,c; βN,sp) =
βN ≤ 1
βV = max(βV,s; βV,cp; βV,c) =
βV ≤ 1
βN + β V =
βN + βV ≤ 1.2
48
Resistances
Calculation of Design values of resistance to tension loads
In case of steel failure
Desing value NRd,s = kN
βN,p = N /
h
Ratio between design action and design resistance
NRd,p=
Sd
CALCULATION GUIDELINE
Influence of spacing
sx = mm sx/
scr,N =
nx = fsx =
sy = scr,N = mm
mm sy /
scr,N =
ny = fsy =
49
DESIGN TEMPLATE – METAL ANCHORS
In case of concrete splitting failure
cx ≥ ccr,sp
cx = mm ccr,sp = mm
cx ≥ 1.2 ccr,sp■
cy ≥ ccr,sp
cy = mm 1.2 ccr,sp =
■
mm
cy ≥ 1.2 ccr,sp■
h= mm hmin = mm h ≥ hmin
Basic design value N0Rd,c(sp) = kN
Influence of compressive strength of concrete fb,N =
Influence of spacing
CALCULATION GUIDELINE
sx = mm
sx/
scr,sp = fsx,sp =
nx =
scr,sp = mm
sy = mm
sy/
scr,sp = fsy,sp =
ny =
cx/ fcx,1,sp =
cx = mm
ccr,sp = fcx,2,sp =
ccr,sp = mm
cy = mm cy
/c = fcy,sp =
cr,sp
h= mm hmin = mm h/h = fh =
min
βN,sp = NSd/
h
Ratio between design action and design restistance NRd,sp =
50
Resistances
Calculation of Design values of resistance to shear loads
In case of steel failure
Desing value VRd,s = kN
Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all directions
c > max(10hef; 60d). For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be calculated. The smallest value
CALCULATION GUIDELINE
should be used in the verification.
51
DESIGN EXAMPLE – BONDED ANCHORS
Design Example
Given Data:
• Concrete C40/50
• Non-cracked concrete Benefits:
• Dry concrete • Europ
• Service temperature max. 24°C
• Thickness of concrete component h = 500mm
CALCULATION EXAMPLES
300
NgSd = 80 kN
VgSd = 60 kN
500
200 200 200
Selected anchor: WIT-PE 500 with stud M16 strength class 5.8, hef = 150mm
52
Actions
Design value of tensile load NgSd= 80.0 kN
Number of anchors in the group loaded with tension n= 4
NgSd
Design value of tensile load acting on a single anchor NSd
h
= ___
n =
20.0 kN
Anchor data
Anchor type WIT-PE 500
Anchor diameter M 16
Anchorage depth hef = 150 mm
Base material
Compressive strength class of concrete
Characteristic compressive cube strength
fck,cube = 50 N/mm2
of concrete at 28days
CALCULATION EXAMPLES
Characteristic compressive cylinder strength
fck,cyl = 40 N/mm2
of concrete at 28days
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete ✔
Structural verification
βN = max(βN,s; βN,p; βN,c; βN,sp) = 0.577
βN ≤ 1 ✔
βV = max(βV,s; βV,cp; βV,c) = 0.628
βV ≤ 1 ✔
βN + βV = 0.577 + 0.628 = 1.2
βN + βV ≤ 1.2 ✔
53
DESIGN EXAMPLE – BONDED ANCHORS
Resistances
Calculation of Design values of resistance to tension loads
In case of steel failure
Desing value NRd,s = 52.2 kN
20
Ratio between design action and design resistance βN,s = N /
h
--------- 0.383
NRd,s= 52.2 =
Sd
Benefits:
In case of pull-out/pull-through failure
• Europ
Basic design value N0Rd,p = 48.9 kN
Influence of compressive strength of concrete fb,p = 1.08
Influence of anchorage depth
hef = 150 mm hef,typ = 125 mm fhef = hef/hef,typ 1.20
Influence of spacing
sx = 200 mm
sx
/s = 0.53 fsx,p = 0.77
nx = 2 cr,p
scr,p = 375 mm
sy = 300 mm
s y/
scr,p = 0.80 fsy,p = 0.90
ny = 2
Influence of edge distance
CALCULATION EXAMPLES
cx fcx,1,p = 1.00
cx = 200 mm /c = 1.06
cr,p fcx,2,p = 1.00
ccr,p = 188 mm
cy
cy = 200 mm /c = 1.06 fcy,p = 1.00
cr,p
NRd,p = N 0
Rd,p
■
fb,N fhef fsx,p fsy,p fcx,1,p fcx,2,p fcy,p
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Influence of spacing
sx = 200 mm sx/
scr,N = 0.44
nx = fsx = 0.72
2
sy = scr,N = 450 mm
300 mm sy /
scr,N = 0.66
ny = fsy = 0.83
2
Influence of edge distance
cx/ fcx,1 = 0.96
cx = 200 mm
ccr,N = 0.88 fcx,2 = 0.94
ccr,N = 225 mm
200 mm cy/
cy = ccr,N = 0.88 fcy = 0.94
54
In case of concrete splitting failure
No verification of splitting is required if at least one of the conditions is fulfilled:
a) The edge distance in all direction is c ≥ ccr,sp for single fasteners and c ≥ 1.2 ccr,sp for fastener groups and the member depth is
h ≥ hmin in both cases.
b) The characteristic resistance for concrete cone failure and pull-out failure is calculated for cracked concrete and reinforcement resists
the splitting forces and limits the crack width to wk ≤ 0.3mm.
Influence of spacing
sx = 200 mm sx/ 0.27
scr,p = fsx,sp = 0.64
CALCULATION EXAMPLES
nx = 2
scr,sp = 720 mm
sy = 300 mm sy/ 0.42
scr,sp = fsy,sp = 0.71
ny = 2
Influence of edge distance
NRd,sp = N 0
Rd,c(sp)
■
fb,N fsx,sp fsy,sp fcx,1,sp fcx,2,sp fcy,sp fh
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
55
DESIGN EXAMPLE – BONDED ANCHORS
Resistances
Calculation of Design values of resistance to shear loads
In case of steel failure
Desing value VRd,s = 31.4 kN
15.0
βV,s = VSd/V = ------------- =
h
Ratio between design action and design restistance 31.4 0.478
Rd,s
Benefits:
In case of pry-out failure
• Europ
NRd,c = 43.92 kN
NRd,p = 36.70 kN
Influence of compressive strenght of concrete k= 2
VRd,cp = k min {NRd,p; NRd,c}
■
Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all directions
c > max (10hef ; 60d). For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be calculated. The smallest value
CALCULATION EXAMPLES
56
57
CALCULATION EXAMPLES
DESIGN EXAMPLE – METAL ANCHORS
Design Example
Given Data:
• Concrete C30/37
• Cracked concrete
• Thickness of concrete component h = 200mm
NgSd = 40.0 kN
200
100
200
VgSd = 15.0 kN
58
Actions
Design value of tensile load NgSd= 40.0 kN
Number of anchors in the group loaded with tension n= 8
NgSd
Design value of tensile load acting on a single anchor NSd
h
= ___
n =
5.0 kN
Anchor data
Anchor type W-FAZ/S M20
Anchor diameter M 20
Anchorage depth hef = 100 mm
Base material
Compressive strength class of concrete
Characteristic compressive cube strength
fck,cube = 37 N/mm2
of concrete at 28days
CALCULATION EXAMPLES
Characteristic compressive cylinder strength
fck,cyl = 30 N/mm2
of concrete at 28days
Cracked concrete ✔ Non-cracked concrete
Structural verification
βN = max(βN,s; βN,p; βN,c; βN,sp) = 0.405
βN ≤ 1 ✔
βV = max(βV,s; βV,cp; βV,c) = 0.787
βV ≤ 1 ✔
βN + βV = 0.405 + 0.787 = 1.192
βN + βV ≤ 1.2 ✔
59
DESIGN EXAMPLE – METAL ANCHORS
Resistances
Calculation of Design values of resistance to tension loads
In case of steel failure
Desing value NRd,s = 53.8 kN
N / 5 h
Ratio between design action and design resistance βN,s = ---------
NRd,s= 53.8 = 0.093
Sd
Influence of spacing
sx = 200 mm sx/
scr,N =
nx = 0.66 fsx = 0.74
4
sy = scr,N = 300 mm
200 mm sy /
scr,N =
ny = 0.83 fsy = 0.92
2
Influence of edge distance
cx/ fcx,1 = 0.90
cx = 100 mm ccr,N = 0.66
fcx,2 = 0.83
ccr,N = 150 mm
125 c y/
cy = mm ccr,N = 0.83 fcy = 0.83
60
In case of concrete splitting failure
cx ≥ ccr,sp b) applies
cx = mm ccr,sp = mm
cx ≥ 1.2 ccr,sp ■
b) applies
cy ≥ ccr,sp b) applies
cy = mm 1.2 ccr,sp =
■
mm
cy ≥ 1.2 ccr,sp ■
b) applies
h= mm hmin = mm h ≥ hmin b) applies
Basic design value N 0
Rd,c(sp)
= – kN
Influence of compressive strength of concrete fb,N = –
Influence of spacing
sx = mm
sx/ –
scr,sp = fsx,sp =
nx =
scr,sp = mm
sy = mm
sy/ –
scr,sp = fsy,sp =
ny =
CALCULATION EXAMPLES
Influence of edge distance
fcx,1,sp = –
cx = mm cx/
ccr,sp = fcx,2,sp = –
ccr,sp = mm
cy = mm cy –
/c = fcy,sp =
cr,sp
h= mm hmin = mm h/h = fh = –
min
NRd,sp = N 0
Rd,c(sp)
■
fb,N fsx,sp fsy,sp fcx,1,sp fcx,2,sp fcy,sp fh
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
βN,sp = N /
h
Ratio between design action and design restistance NRd,sp = –
Sd
61
DESIGN EXAMPLE – METAL ANCHORS
Resistances
Calculation of Design values of resistance to shear loads
In case of steel failure
Desing value VRd,s = 51.9 kN
1.88
βV,s = VSd/V = ------------- = 0.036
h
Ratio between design action and design resistance 51.9
Rd,s
Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all directions
c > max(10hef; 60d). For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be calculated. The smallest value
should be used in the verification.
CALCULATION EXAMPLES
62
63
ANCHOR SELECTION
Seismic assessment
Cracked concrete
Benefits:
ICC ES Approval
Sprinkler systems
• Europ
WIT-PE 500 M ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
WIT-PE 500 R ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
WIT-VM250 M ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
WIT-VM250 R ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
W-VIZ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
ANCHOR SELECTION
W-VD ✔ ✔ ✔
W-FAZ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
W-HAZ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
W-SA ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
W-FA ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
W-TM ✔ ✔
64
Specification Anchor size Page
Internal thread
Steel, hot-dip
REBAR
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ M8 - M39 68
✔ ∅8 - ∅40 94
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ M8 - M30 120
✔ ∅8 - ∅32 144
✔ ✔ ✔ M8 - M24 168
M8 - M24 198
ANCHOR SELECTION
✔ ✔ ✔
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ M8 - M24 228
✔ ✔ M8 - M27 246
✔ ✔ ✔ M8 - M24 260
✔ M6 - M20 274
✔ M8 - M16 288
✔ ∅7.5 - ∅16 302
✔ ∅7.5 - ∅12 316
✔ ✔ M6 - M20 330
✔ ✔ M6 - M20 344
✔ ✔ M6 - M12 358
✔ ✔ M6 - M12 372
65
Benefits:
• Europ
66
67
WIT-PE 500 WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
WIT-PE 500
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, cracked
Suitable for:
Concrete C12/15, Natural stone with dense structure
Applications
WIT-PE 500 M
68
Basic loading data (for a single anchor)
All data in this section applies to: • Concrete C 20/25, fck,cube = 25 N/mm²,
• Correct setting (See Installation instruction). Concrete C 50/60, fck,cube = 60 N/mm².
• No edge distance and spacing influence. • Temperate range I (min. base material temperature
• Base material thickness, as specified in the table. -40°C, max. long term/short term base material
• Embedment depth, as specified in the table. temperature: +24°C/40°C).
• Anchor material, as specified in the tables, • Dry or wet conditions of drill hole, hammer drilling
steel grade 5.8. • Installation temperature range +5°C to +40°C.
Characteristic resistance
Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
Effective anchorage depth hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 240 270 300 330 360
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 18.3 29.0 42.1 70.6 111.9 153.7 187.8 224.0 262.4 302.7 344.9
C50/60 NRk [kN] 18.3 29.0 42.1 77.6 123.1 169.0 206.5 246.5 288.6 333.0 379.4
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 9.2 14.5 21.1 39.2 61.2 88.1 114.8 140.1 173.4 204.2 243.9
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 31.1 40.8 64.1 87.1 112.0 140.0
C50/60 NRk [kN] 34.2 44.9 70.5 95.8 123.2 154.0
WIT-PE 500 M
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 21.1 39.2 61.2 88.1 114.8 140.1
Design resistance
Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
Effective anchorage depth hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 240 270 300 330 360
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 12.2 19.3 28.1 39.2 53.3 73.2 89.4 106.7 125.0 144.2 164.3
C50/60 NRd [kN] 12.2 19.3 28.1 43.1 58.6 80.5 98.4 117.4 137.5 158.6 180.7
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 7.4 11.6 16.9 31.4 49.0 70.5 91.8 112.1 138.7 163.3 195.2
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 17.3 22.7 30.5 41.5 53.3 66.6
C50/60 NRd [kN] 19.0 25.0 33.6 45.6 58.6 73.3
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 16.9 31.4 49.0 70.5 91.8 112.1
69
WIT-PE 500 WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Recommended / Allowable loads1)
Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
Effective anchorage depth hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 240 270 300 330 360
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 8.7 13.8 20.1 28.0 38.1 52.3 63.9 76.2 89.3 103.0 117.3
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 8.7 13.8 20.1 30.8 41.9 57.5 70.3 83.8 98.2 113.3 129.1
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 5.3 8.3 12.1 22.4 35.0 50.3 65.6 80.1 99.1 116.7 139.4
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 12.3 16.2 21.8 29.6 38.1 47.6
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 13.6 17.8 24.0 32.6 41.9 52.4
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 12.1 22.4 35.0 50.3 65.6 80.1
1)
Material safety factor yM and safety factor for action y L = 1.4 are included. The material safety factor depends on the failure mode.
WIT-PE 500 M
70
Design Method (simplified)
Simplified version of the design method according ETAG 001, TR 029. Design resistance
according data given in ETA-09/0040, issue 2013-06-14:
• Influence of concrete strength.
• Influence of edge distance.
• Influence of spacing.
• Valid for a group of anchors. (The influencing factors must then be considered for each edge distance and spacing.
The calculated design loads are then on the save side. They will be lower than the exact values according
ETAG 001, Annex C. To avoid this, it is recommended to use the anchor design software of Würth).
• The design method is based on the following simplification: No different loads are acting on individual anchors
(no eccentricity).
• Temperate range I (min. base material temperature -40°C, max. long term/short term base material temperature:
+24°C/40°C).
• Dry or wet conditions of drill hole, hammer drilling.
• Installation temperature range +5°C to +40°C.
• M33, M36, M39 not part of ETA, data based on in-house testing according to guideline.
Tension loading
The decisive design resistance in tension is the lowest value of the following failure modes:
Steel failure:
WIT-PE 500 M
Concrete cone failure:
steel grade Thread M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
size
5.8 NRd,s [kN] 12.2 19.3 28.1 52.2 81.6 117.5 153.1 186.9 231.2 272.2 325.3
8.8 NRd,s [kN] 19.5 30.9 44.9 83.6 130.6 188.0 245.0 299.0 369.9 435.6 520.4
10.9 NRd,s [kN] 26.1 41.4 60.2 111.9 174.9 251.8 328.1 400.4 495.4 583.4 697.0
A4-70 NRd,s [kN] 13.7 21.7 31.5 58.6 91.6 132.2 172.3 210.2 260.1 306.3 365.9
71
WIT-PE 500 WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Design combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance of a single anchor
Basic design combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance of a single anchor
Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 240 270 300 330 360
Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 16.8 23.6 34.6 48.9 66.1 90.5 116.3 145.4 162.9 195.5 231.0
Cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 17.3 22.7 30.5 41.5 53.3 66.6
1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.
72
Characteristic edge distance ccr,p and spacing scr,p
Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 240 270 300 330 360
scr,p [mm] 226 270 330 375 510 607 683 759 799 872 945
ccr,p [mm] 113 135 165 188 255 304 342 379 400 436 472
Number of
fixing per s/scr,p1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
2 fsx,p, fsy,p 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
3 fsx,p, fsy,p 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
4 fsx,p, fsy,p 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5 fsx,p, fsy,p 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.
WIT-PE 500 M
;
c/ccr,p 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
fcx,1,p 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
fcx,2,p
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy,p
73
WIT-PE 500 WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Basic design concrete cone resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 M
Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 240 270 300 330 360
Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd,c [kN] 20.1 24.0 32.4 39.2 53.3 73.2 89.4 106.7 125.0 144.2 164.3
Cracked concrete
N0Rd,c [kN] 14.3 17.1 23.1 28.0 38.1 52.3 63.9 76.2 89.3 103.0 117.3
1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.
WIT-PE 500 M
74
Concrete cone failure
Characteristic edge distance ccr,N and spacing scr,N
Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 240 270 300 330 360
scr,N [mm] 240 270 330 375 510 630 720 810 900 990 1080
ccr,N [mm] 120 135 165 188 255 315 360 405 450 495 540
Above characteristic spacing and edge distances are given for the typical effective anchorage depth. Calculating for
smaller depths is leading to conservative load capacities. For calculation with bigger depths use the following:
and .
Number of
fixing per s/scr,N1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
2 fsx, fsy 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
3 fsx, fsy 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
4 fsx, fsy 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5 fsx, fsy 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
WIT-PE 500 M
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.
c/ccr,N 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
fcx,1 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
fcx,2
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy
75
WIT-PE 500 WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Concrete splitting failure
Characteristic edge distance ccr,sp and spacing scr,sp
Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 M
Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 240 270 300 330 360
scr,sp [mm] 360 420 528 600 816 1008 1152 1296 1440 1584 1728
ccr,sp [mm] 180 210 264 300 408 504 576 648 720 792 864
hmin [mm] 110 120 134 157 210 258 294 330 366 402 438
Above characteristic spacing and edge distances are given for the typical effective anchorage depth. Calculating for
smaller depths is leading to conservative load capacities. For calculation with bigger depths use the following:
and
Number of
fixing per s/scr,sp1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
WIT-PE 500 M
direction
2 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
3 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
4 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.
c/ccr,sp 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
fcx,1, sp 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
fcx,2, sp
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy, sp
76
Concrete splitting failure - Influence of concrete member thickness
h/hmin 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.20 2.30 2.40 2.50 2.60 2.70 2.80 ≥2.90
fh 1.00 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.25 1.31 1.37 1.42 1.48 1.53 1.59 1.64 1.69 1.74 1.79 1.84 1.89 1.94 1.99 2.00
Shear loading
The decisive design resistance in shear is the lowest value of the following failure modes:
Steel failure:
WIT-PE 500 M
10.9 VRd,s [kN] 12.2 19.3 28.1 52.2 81.6 117.5 153.1 186.9 231.2 272.2 325.3
A4-70 VRd,s [kN] 8.3 12.8 19.2 35.3 55.1 79.5 103.4 126.1 156.1 183.8 219.5
Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 240 270 300 330 360
k [-] 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
77
WIT-PE 500 WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Design concrete edge resistance
Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all
directions . For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be
calculated. The smallest value should be used in the verification.
Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
Non-cracked concrete
V0Rd,c [kN] 5.2 7.5 10.1 16.4 24.3 33.7 40.3 46.3 52.6 59.1 65.7
Cracked concrete
V0Rd,c [kN] 3.7 5.3 7.1 11.6 17.1 23.7 28.3 32.6 37.0 41.6 46.3
1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.
hef /d 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ≥ 12
fhef,V 0.87 0.91 0.94 0.97 1.00 1.02 1.05 1.07 1.08
78
Influence of load direction
α1) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
fα,V 1.00 1.01 1.05 1.11 1.20 1.34 1.51 1.72 1.92 2.00
1)
For α ≥ 90° the component of the shear load acting away from the edge may be neglected and the verification may
be done with component acting parallel to the edge only.
Influence of spacing
In groups loaded perpendicular to the edge only two adjacent anchors closest and parallel to the edge carry the load.
The smallest spacing should be used for the verification.
s/c11) 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60 2.80 3.00
fs,V 1.17 1.20 1.23 1.27 1.30 1.33 1.40 1.47 1.53 1.60 1.67 1.73 1.80 1.87 1.93 2.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in the row closest to the edge.
WIT-PE 500 M
c2/c11) 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50
fc,V 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
1)
Distance to the second edge: c1 ≤ c2.
h/c1 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 ≥ 1.50
fh,V 0.26 0.37 0.45 0.52 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.97 1.00
79
WIT-PE 500 WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Structural Verification
Tension
Shear
80
Service temperature
Temperature range Base material Maximum long term base Maximum short term base
temperature material temperature material temperature
Temperature range I -40 °C to +40 °C +24 °C +40 °C
Temperature range II -40 °C to +60 °C +43 °C +60 °C
Temperature range III -40 °C to +72 °C +43 °C +72 ° C
Non-cracked concrete
Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
Design bond strength according to ETA-09/0040 / dry and wet concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 8.3 8.3 8.3 7.8 6.2 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.2 5.2 5.2
Temperature range II τRd,ucr [N/mm ]
2
5.3 5.3 5.0 4.7 3.8 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.3 3.3 3.3
Temperature range III τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 4.7 4.7 4.4 4.2 3.3 3.3 3.1 3.1 2.9 2.9 2.9
Design bond strength according to ETA-09/0040 / flooded concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 7.1 6.7 6.2 4.8 4.5 4.0 3.6 3.3
Temperature range II τRd,ucr [N/mm ]
2
4.5 4.5 4.3 4.0 3.6 3.3 3.1 2.9
Temperature range III τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 4.0 4.0 3.8 3.6 3.3 2.9 2.6 2.6
Design bond strength according to ETA-11/0398 / dry and wet concrete / diamond drilling
WIT-PE 500 M
Temperature range I τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 7.3 5.6 5.6 5.3 5.0
Temperature range II τRd,ucr [N/mm ]
2
4.7 3.6 3.3 3.3 3.1
Temperature range III τRd,ucr [N/mm ]
2
4.0 3.3 3.1 2.8 2.8
Design bond strength according to ETA-11/0398 / flooded concrete / diamond drilling
Temperature range I τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 6.0 5.6 5.3 5.3 4.7
Temperature range II τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 3.7 3.6 3.3 3.3 3.1
Temperature range III τRd,ucr [N/mm ]
2
3.3 3.3 2.8 2.8 2.8
Cracked concrete
Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
Design bond strength according to ETA-09/0040 / dry and wet concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I τRd,cr [N/mm2] 4.2 3.6 2.9 2.6 2.6 2.6
Temperature range II τRd,cr [N/mm ]
2
2.5 2.2 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7
Temperature range III τRd,cr [N/mm2] 2.2 1.9 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
Design bond strength according to ETA-09/0040 / flooded concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I τRd,cr [N/mm2] 3.6 2.9 2.4 2.1 1.9 1.9
Temperature range II τRd,cr [N/mm ]
2
2.1 1.9 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7
Temperature range III τRd,cr [N/mm2] 1.9 1.7 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
81
WIT-PE 500 WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Reduction factor for different use categories
Non-cracked concrete
Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
Reduction factor strength according to ETA-09/0040 / dry and wet concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I fτ.red 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Temperature range II fτ.red 0.63 0.63 0.60 0.61 0.62 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.64 0.64 0.64
Temperature range III fτ.red 0.57 0.57 0.53 0.54 0.54 0.58 0.54 0.54 0.55 0.55 0.55
Reduction factor according to ETA-09/0040 / flooded concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I fτ.red 0.86 0.80 0.74 0.61 0.73 0.71 0.63 0.58
Temperature range II fτ.red 0.54 0.54 0.51 0.52 0.58 0.58 0.54 0.50
Temperature range III fτ.red 0.49 0.49 0.46 0.46 0.54 0.50 0.46 0.46
Reduction factor according to ETA-11/0398 / dry and wet concrete / diamond drilling
Temperature range I fτ.red 0.88 0.67 0.71 0.85 0.88
Temperature range II fτ.red 0.56 0.43 0.43 0.54 0.53
Temperature range III fτ.red 0.48 0.40 0.39 0.45 0.49
Reduction factor according to ETA-11/0398 / flooded concrete / diamond drilling
Temperature range I fτ.red 0.72 0.67 0.68 0.85 0.83
Temperature range II
WIT-PE 500 M
Cracked concrete
Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
Reduction factor according to ETA-09/0040 / dry and wet concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I fτ.red 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Temperature range II fτ.red 0.60 0.62 0.58 0.64 0.64 0.64
Temperature range III fτ.red 0.53 0.54 0.50 0.55 0.55 0.55
Reduction factor according to ETA-09/0040 / flooded concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I fτ.red 0.86 0.79 0.83 0.82 0.73 0.73
Temperature range II fτ.red 0.51 0.53 0.58 0.64 0.64 0.64
Temperature range III fτ.red 0.46 0.46 0.50 0.55 0.55 0.55
82
Anchor characteristics
Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
hef,min [mm] 60 60 70 80 90 96 108 120 132 144 156
Effective anchorage depth
hef,max [mm] 96 120 144 192 240 288 324 360 396 432 468
Nominal drill hole
d0 [mm] 10 12 14 18 24 28 32 35 37 42 46
diameter
Drill depth h0 / h1 [mm] = hef
Clearance-hole in fixture
df [mm] 9 12 14 18 22 26 30 33 36 39 42
to be attached
Wrench size SW [mm] 13 17 19 24 30 36 41 46 50 55 60
Required torque Tinst [Nm] 10 20 40 80 120 160 180 200 350 500 700
Min. thickness of
hmin [mm] = hef + 30mm ≥ 100mm = hef + 2d0
concrete member
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 40 50 60 80 100 120 135 150 165 180 195
Minimum edge distances cmin [mm] 40 50 60 80 100 120 135 150 165 180 195
WIT-PE 500 M
df
d0
83
WIT-PE 500 WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Mechanical characteristics
steel grade Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
Stressed As [mm²] 37 58 84 157 245 352 459 561 694 817 976
cross section
Section Modulus W [mm³] 31 62 109 277 540 933 1389 1872 2576 3292 4299
Yield strength fy [N/mm2] 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400
Tensile strength fu [N/mm ] 2
500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
5.8
Design bending
M0Rd,s [Nm] 15 30 52 133 259 448 667 899 1237 1580 2064
moment
Yield strength fy [N/mm2] 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640
Tensile strength fu [N/mm ] 2
800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
8.8
Design bending
M0Rd,s [Nm] 24 48 84 212 415 717 1067 1438 1979 2528 3302
moment
Yield strength fy [N/mm2] 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 900
Tensile strength fu [N/mm ] 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
2
1000 1000 1000 1000
10.9
Design bending
M0Rd,s [Nm] 25 50 87 221 432 747 1111 1498 2061 2634 3439
moment
Yield strength fy [N/mm2] 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450
Tensile strength fu [N/mm ] 2
700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700
A4-70
Design bending
M0Rd,s [Nm] 17 34 59 149 292 504 750 1011 1391 1778 2322
WIT-PE 500 M
moment
84
Material specification of anchor
WIT-PE 500 M
≤ M24: Property class 70 EN ISO 3506
Material 1.4529 / 1.4565, EN 10088,
2 Hexagon nut, EN 24032 > M24: Property class 50 (for class 50 rod)EN ISO 3506
≤ M24: Property class 70 (for class 70 rod)EN ISO 3506
Washer, EN ISO 7089,
3 Material 1.4529 or 1.4565, EN 10088
EN ISO 7093 or EN ISO 7094
85
WIT-PE 500 WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Properties of adhesive
Stability
UV-resistance (sunlight) resistant
Temperature resistance 72 °C
Water resistancy resistant
Water absorption ASTM D 570 0.109 %
Cleaning agents 1% tenside solution: no effects
Physical properties
Flexural strength DIN EN 196-1 after 24 hours: 42 N/mm2
Modulus of Elasticity (Young's UNI EN ISO 178 after 24 hours: 4.11 GPa
Flexural Properties Modulus)
Flexural stress at break UNI EN ISO 178 after 24 hours: 86 MPa
Flexural strain at break UNI EN ISO 178 after 24 hours: 2.0 %
Compressive strength DIN EN 196-1 after 24 hours: ≥ 120 N/mm2
after 7 days: 169 MPa
Compressive strength UNI EN ISO 604
after 2 days: 166 MPa
Compressive Properties
Modulus of Elasticity ASTM D 695 after 24 hours: 5.97 GPa
Yield stress ASTM D 695 after 24 hours: 5129 GPa
Deformation beyond yield point ASTM D 695 3.6 %
WIT-PE 500 M
86
Working time and curing time
Temperature Gelling - working time Minimum Curing time Minimum Curing time
of Concrete in dry concrete in wet concrete
5°C to 9°C 60 min 72 h 142 h
10°C to 19°C 45 min 45 h 90 h
20°C to 29°C 30 min 10 h 20 h
30°C to 39°C 20 min 6 h 12 h
≥ 40°C 12 min 4 h 8h
Filling Quantity
Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
WIT-PE 500 M
87
WIT-PE 500 WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Installation instruction
Installation Control
Drill hole to the required embedment depth with a hammer Working length of drill bit must be
drill set in rotation-hammer mode using an appropriately bigger than the given drill hole
sized carbide drill bit.(for drill bit diameter and drill hole depth.
depth (see table „Anchor characteristics“)
Blow out at least 2x from the back of the bore hole until The compressed air without oil.
return air stream is free of noticeable dust.
If the back of the bore hole is not reached an extension
shall be used.
The hand-pump can be used for anchor sizes up to bore
hole diameter 20 mm. For bore holes larger than 20 mm
WIT-PE 500 M
Brush 2x with the specified brush size by inserting the The brush must produce natural
brush to the back of the hole in a twisting motion and resistance as it enters the drill hole -
removing it. if not, the brush is too small and
must be replaced with the proper
brush diameter (use the brush
diameter gauge).
or Blow out at least 2x from the back of the bore hole until
return air stream is free of noticeable dust.
If the back of the bore hole is not reached an extension
shall be used.
The hand-pump can be used for anchor sizes up to bore
hole diameter 20 mm. For bore holes larger than 20 mm
or deeper 240 mm, compressed air (min. 6 bar) must be
used.
Prior to inserting the anchor rod into the filled bore hole, Before use, verify that the anchor
the position of the embedment depth shall be marked on element is dry and free of oil and
the anchor rods. other contaminants.
88
Installation Control
Tightly attach mixing nozzle to cartridge. Only use mixing nozzle and
Place the cartridge into dispensing gun. dispensing gun of the system.
Do not modify the mixing nozzle.
Inject the adhesive starting at the back of the hole, slowly Marking the mixing nozzle makes
withdrawing the mixer with each trigger pull. it easier to fill every hole with the
Fill holes approximately 2/3 full, or as required to ensure same volume.
that the annular gap between the anchor and the concrete
is completely filled with adhesive along the embedment
length.
For embedment larger than 190mm an extension nozzle
shall be used.
For overhead and horizontal installation in bore holes
larger than ∅ 20mm a injection adapter and extension
nozzle shall be used.
Press the marked anchor element down to the bottom of If these requirements (excess mortar
WIT-PE 500 M
the hole, turning it slightly while doing so. and the embedment depth) are not
After inserting the anchor element, excess mortar must maintained, the application has to
emerge from the annular gap. be renewed.
For overhead installation fix
embedded part (e.g.wedges).
After required curing time, the anchor element can be Check the max. torque by using a
loaded. calibrated torque wrench.
The applied installation torque shall not exceed. (see table
„Anchor characteristic“)
89
WIT-PE 500 WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Accessoires
Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
Required torque Tinst [Nm] 10 20 40 80 120 160 180 200 350 500 700
Hammer Drills
Drill Bits
Brush
Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
Blow-out (manual)
Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
90
Compressed-air cleaning
Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
Injecting
Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
WIT-PE 500 M
91
WIT-PE 500 WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Chemical resistance
92
93
WIT-PE 500 WITH REBAR
WIT-PE 500 Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, cracked
Suitable for:
Concrete C12/15, Natural stone with dense structure
Benefits:
• Europ
385 ml 585 ml 1400 ml
Art.no.: Art.no.: Art.no.:
0903480001 0903480003 0903480002 Benefits:
• The prolonged gelling/working time allows
convenient adjustment at higher temperature and
with large embedment depth.
• Its many approvals guarantees optimized load
∅8 - ∅40 capacities for threaded rods and rebar.
• Its specially developed chemical composition allows
a reliable installation in underwater conditions and
when filled in diamond cored drill holes.
• The low shrinkage of the mortar broadens the
application spectrum in addition for big diameter
fastener elements.
Applications
WIT-PE 500 R
94
Basic loading data (for a single anchor)
All data in this section applies to: • Concrete C 20/25, fck,cube = 25 N/mm²,
• Correct setting (See setting instruction). Concrete C 50/60, fck,cube = 60 N/mm².
• No edge distance and spacing influence. • Temperate range I (min. base material temperature
• Base material thickness, as specified in the table. -40°C, max. long term/short term base material
• Embedment depth, as specified in the table. temperature: +24°C/40°C).
• Anchor material, as specified in the tables, • Dry or wet conditions of drill hole, hammer drilling.
steel grade BST 500 S, B500B. • Installation temperature range +5°C to +40°C.
Characteristic resistance
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40
Effective anchorage depth hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 125 170 210 270 300 360
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 28.1 39.6 53.9 70.6 70.6 111.9 153.7 224.0 262.4 344.9
C50/60 NRk [kN] 31.0 43.5 59.3 77.6 77.6 123.1 169.0 246.5 288.6 379.4
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 13.8 21.6 31.1 42.3 55.3 86.4 135.0 169.3 221.2 345.6
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 31.1 38.5 40.8 64.1 87.1 126.0 165.9
C50/60 NRk [kN] 34.2 42.3 44.9 70.5 95.8 138.6 182.5
WIT-PE 500 R
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 31.1 42.3 55.3 86.4 135.0 169.3 221.2
Design resistance
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40
Effective anchorage depth hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 125 170 210 270 300 360
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 15.6 22.0 29.9 39.2 39.2 53.3 73.2 106.7 125.0 164.3
C50/60 NRd [kN] 17.2 24.2 32.9 43.1 43.1 58.6 80.5 117.4 137.5 180.7
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 9.2 14.4 20.7 28.2 36.9 57.6 90.0 112.9 147.4 230.4
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 17.3 21.4 22.7 30.5 41.5 60.0 79.0
C50/60 NRd [kN] 19.0 23.5 25.0 33.6 45.6 66.0 86.9
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 20.7 28.2 36.9 57.6 90.0 112.9 147.4
95
WIT-PE 500 WITH REBAR
Recommended / Allowable loads1)
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40
Effective anchorage depth hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 125 170 210 270 300 360
Non-cracked concrete Benefits:
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 11.2 15.7• Europ
21.4 28.0 28.0 38.1 52.3 76.2 89.3 117.3
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 12.3 17.3 23.5 30.8 30.8 41.9 57.5 83.8 98.2 129.1
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 6.6 10.3 14.8 20.2 26.3 41.1 64.3 80.6 105.3 164.6
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 12.3 15.3 16.2 21.8 29.6 42.8 56.4
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 13.6 16.8 17.8 24.0 32.6 47.1 62.1
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 14.8 20.2 26.3 41.1 64.3 80.6 105.3
1)
Material safety factor yM and safety factor for action y L = 1.4 are included. The material safety factor depends on the failure mode.
WIT-PE 500 R
96
Design Method (simplified)
Simplified version of the design method according ETAG 001, TR 029. Design resistance
according data given in ETA-09/0040, issue 2013-06-14:
• Influence of concrete strength.
• Influence of edge distance.
• Influence of spacing.
• Valid for a group of anchors. (The influencing factors must then be considered for each edge distance and spacing.
The calculated design loads are then on the save side. They will be lower than the exact values according
ETAG 001, Annex C. To avoid this, it is recommended to use the anchor design software of Würth).
• The design method is based on the following simplification: No different loads are acting on individual anchors
(no eccentricity).
• Temperate range I (min. base material temperature -40°C, max. long term/short term base material temperature:
+24°C/40°C).
• Dry or wet conditions of drill hole, hammer drilling.
• Installation temperature range +5°C to +40°C.
• ∅40 not part of ETA, data based on in-house testing according to guideline.
Tension loading
The decisive design resistance in tension is the lowest value of the following failure modes:
Steel failure:
WIT-PE 500 R
Concrete cone failure:
Code Rebar Rebar Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40
grade size
460A NRd,s [kN] 17.4 27.1 39.0 53.1 69.4 108.4 169.4 212.4 277.4 433.7
BS4449:1997
460B NRd,s [kN] 17.8 27.9 40.1 54.6 71.3 111.5 174.2 218.5 285.4 445.9
DIN1045-1:2008:08/
BST
DIN 488-1:2009:08 /
DIN EN 1992-1-1:
500 S, NRd,s [kN] 19.7 30.9 44.4 60.5 79.0 123.4 192.8 241.9 316.0 493.7
B500B
2011-01
97
WIT-PE 500 WITH REBAR
Design combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance of a single anchor
Basic design combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 R
Benefits:
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 • Europ
Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40
hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 125 170 210 270 300 360
Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 15.6 22.0 29.9 39.7 41.9 61.0 82.9 120.0 158.0 172.3
Cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 17.3 21.4 22.7 30.5 41.5 60.0 79.0
1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.
98
Characteristic edge distance ccr,p and spacing scr,p
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40
hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 125 170 210 270 300 360
scr,p [mm] 194 242 277 323 360 438 526 575 681 826
ccr,p [mm] 97 121 139 162 180 219 263 287 341 413
Number of
fixing per s/scr,p1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
2 fsx,p, fsy,p 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
3 fsx,p, fsy,p 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
4 fsx,p, fsy,p 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5 fsx,p, fsy,p 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.
WIT-PE 500 R
;
c/ccr,p 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
fcx,1,p 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
fcx,2,p
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy,p
99
WIT-PE 500 WITH REBAR
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40
hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 125 170 210 270 300 360
Non-cracked concrete Benefits:
N0Rd,c [kN] 20.1 24.0 32.4 39.2• Europ
39.2 53.3 73.2 106.7 125.0 164.3
Cracked concrete
N0Rd,c [kN] 14.3 17.1 23.1 28.0 28.0 38.1 52.3 76.2 89.3 117.3
Influencing factor fb,N [-] 0.77 0.89 1.00 1.10 1.22 1.34 1.41 1.48 1.55
1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.
100
Concrete cone failure
Characteristic edge distance ccr,N and spacing scr,N
Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 R
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40
hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 125 170 210 270 300 360
scr,N [mm] 240 270 330 375 375 510 630 810 900 1080
ccr,N [mm] 120 135 165 188 188 255 315 405 450 540
Above characteristic spacing and edge distances are given for the typical effective anchorage depth. Calculating for
smaller depths is leading to conservative load capacities. For calculation with bigger depths use the following:
and .
Number of
fixing per s/scr,N1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
2 fsx, fsy 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
3 fsx, fsy 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
4 fsx, fsy 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5 fsx, fsy 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.
WIT-PE 500 R
1)
c/ccr,N 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
fcx,1 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
fcx,2
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy
101
WIT-PE 500 WITH REBAR
Concrete splitting failure
Characteristic edge distance ccr,sp and spacing scr,sp
Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 R
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40
hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 125 170 210 270 300 360
Benefits:
scr,sp [mm] 360 420 528 600 600 816 1008 1296 1440 1728
• Europ
ccr,sp [mm] 180 210 264 300 300 408 504 648 720 864
hmin [mm] 110 120 134 153 157 210 258 324 364 440
Above characteristic spacing and edge distances are given for the typical effective anchorage depth. Calculating for
smaller depths is leading to conservative load capacities. For calculation with bigger depths use the following:
and
Number of
fixing per s/scr,sp1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
WIT-PE 500 R
direction
2 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
3 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
4 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.
c/ccr,sp 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
fcx,1, sp 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
fcx,2, sp
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy, sp
102
Concrete splitting failure - Influence of concrete member thickness
h/hmin 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.20 2.30 2.40 2.50 2.60 2.70 2.80 ≥2.90
fh 1.00 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.25 1.31 1.37 1.42 1.48 1.53 1.59 1.64 1.69 1.74 1.79 1.84 1.89 1.94 1.99 2.00
Shear loading
The decisive design resistance in shear is the lowest value of the following failure modes:
Steel failure:
Code Rebar Rebar Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40
grade size
460A VRd,s [kN] 8.1 12.6 18.2 24.8 32.4 50.6 79.0 99.1 129.5 202.3
BS4449:1997
460B VRd,s [kN] 8.3 13.0 18.7 25.5 33.3 52.0 81.3 102.0 133.2 208.1
WIT-PE 500 R
DIN1045-1:2008:08 /
BST
DIN 488-1:2009:08 /
DIN EN 1992-1-1:
500 S, VRd,s [kN] 9.2 14.4 20.7 28.2 36.9 57.6 90.0 112.9 147.4 230.4
B500B
2011-01
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40
hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 125 170 210 270 300 360
k [-] 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
103
WIT-PE 500 WITH REBAR
Design concrete edge resistance
Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all
directions . For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be
calculated. The smallest value should be used in the verification.
Benefits:
• Europ
Basic design concrete edge resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 R
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40
Non-cracked concrete
V0Rd,c [kN] 5.2 7.5 10.1 13.1 16.4 24.3 36.3 42.3 50.5 68.0
Cracked concrete
V0Rd,c [kN] 3.7 5.3 7.1 9.2 11.6 17.1 25.6 29.7 35.5 47.8
1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.
hef /d 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ≥ 12
fhef,V 0.87 0.91 0.94 0.97 1.00 1.02 1.05 1.07 1.08
104
Influence of load direction
α1) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
fα,V 1.00 1.01 1.05 1.11 1.20 1.34 1.51 1.72 1.92 2.00
1)
For α ≥ 90° the component of the shear load acting away from the edge may be neglected and the verification may
be done with component acting parallel to the edge only.
Influence of spacing
In groups loaded perpendicular to the edge only two adjacent anchors closest and parallel to the edge carry the load.
The smallest spacing should be used for the verification.
s/c11) 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60 2.80 3.00
fs,V 1.17 1.20 1.23 1.27 1.30 1.33 1.40 1.47 1.53 1.60 1.67 1.73 1.80 1.87 1.93 2.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in the row closest to the edge.
WIT-PE 500 R
c2/c11) 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50
fc,V 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
1)
Distance to the second edge: c1 ≤ c2.
h/c1 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 ≥ 1.50
fh,V 0.26 0.37 0.45 0.52 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.97 1.00
105
WIT-PE 500 WITH REBAR
Structural Verification
Tension
Benefits:
• Europ
Shear
106
Service temperature
Temperature range Base material Maximum long term base Maximum short term base
temperature material temperature material temperature
Temperature range I -40 °C to +40 °C +24 °C +40 °C
Temperature range II -40 °C to +60 °C +43 °C +60 °C
Temperature range III -40 °C to +72 °C +43 °C +72 ° C
Non-cracked concrete
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40
Design bond strength according to ETA-09/0040 / dry and wet concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 7.8 7.8 7.2 7.2 6.7 5.7 5.2 5.2 5.2 3.8
Temperature range II τRd,ucr [N/mm ]2
4.7 4.7 4.4 4.4 4.2 3.3 3.3 3.1 3.1 2.1
Temperature range III τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 4.2 4.2 4.2 3.9 3.9 3.1 2.9 2.9 2.9 1.9
Design bond strength according to ETA-09/0040 / flooded concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 6.7 6.2 5.2 4.8 4.5 4.0 3.6 3.3 2.9
Temperature range II τRd,ucr [N/mm ]2
4.0 4.0 3.8 3.8 3.6 3.3 2.9 2.6 2.4
Temperature range III τRd,ucr [N/mm ]2
3.6 3.6 3.6 3.3 3.3 2.9 2.6 2.4 2.1
Design bond strength according to ETA-11/0398 / dry and wet concrete / diamond drilling
WIT-PE 500 R
Temperature range I τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 7.3 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.3 5.0
Temperature range II τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 4.7 3.6 3.6 3.3 3.3 3.1
Temperature range III τRd,ucr [N/mm ]2
4.0 3.3 3.3 3.1 2.8 2.8
Design bond strength according to ETA-11/0398 / flooded concrete / diamond drilling
Temperature range I τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 6.0 5.6 5.6 5.3 5.3 4.7
Temperature range II τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 3.7 3.6 3.6 3.3 3.3 3.1
Temperature range III τRd,ucr [N/mm ]2
3.3 3.3 3.1 3.1 2.8 2.8
Cracked concrete
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40
Design bond strength according to ETA-09/0040 / dry and wet concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I τRd,cr [N/mm2] 4.2 3.9 3.6 2.9 2.6 2.6 2.6
Temperature range II τRd,cr [N/mm2] 2.5 2.2 2.2 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7
Temperature range III τRd,cr [N/mm2] 2.2 1.9 1.9 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
Design bond strength according to ETA-09/0040 / flooded concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I τRd,cr [N/mm2] 3.6 3.1 2.9 2.4 2.1 1.9 1.9
Temperature range II τRd,cr [N/mm2] 2.1 1.9 1.9 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.4
Temperature range III τRd,cr [N/mm ]2
1.9 1.9 1.9 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
107
WIT-PE 500 WITH REBAR
Reduction factor for different use categories
Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 R
Non-cracked concrete
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40
Reduction factor strength according to ETA-09/0040 / dry and wet concrete / hammer drilling
Benefits:
Temperature range I fτ.red 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
• Europ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Temperature range II fτ.red 0.61 0.61 0.62 0.62 0.63 0.58 0.64 0.59 0.59 0.56
Temperature range III fτ.red 0.54 0.54 0.58 0.54 0.58 0.54 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.50
Reduction factor according to ETA-09/0040 / flooded concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I fτ.red 0.86 0.80 0.73 0.66 0.68 0.71 0.68 0.64 0.55
Temperature range II fτ.red 0.52 0.52 0.53 0.53 0.54 0.58 0.55 0.50 0.45
Temperature range III fτ.red 0.46 0.46 0.49 0.46 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.45 0.41
Reduction factor according to ETA-11/0398 / dry and wet concrete / diamond drilling
Temperature range I fτ.red 1.20 1.00 1.00 1.05 1.23 1.17
Temperature range II fτ.red 0.76 0.65 0.65 0.63 0.78 0.71
Temperature range III fτ.red 0.65 0.60 0.60 0.58 0.65 0.65
Reduction factor according to ETA-11/0398 / flooded concrete / diamond drilling
Temperature range I fτ.red 0.98 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.23 1.10
Temperature range II fτ.red 0.60 0.65 0.65 0.63 0.78 0.71
Temperature range III fτ.red 0.55 0.60 0.55 0.58 0.65 0.65
WIT-PE 500 R
Cracked concrete
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40
Reduction factor according to ETA-09/0040 / dry and wet concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I fτ.red 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Temperature range II fτ.red 0.60 0.57 0.62 0.58 0.64 0.64 0.64
Temperature range III fτ.red 0.53 0.50 0.54 0.50 0.55 0.55 0.55
Reduction factor according to ETA-09/0040 / flooded concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I fτ.red 0.86 0.80 0.79 0.83 0.82 0.73 0.73
Temperature range II fτ.red 0.51 0.49 0.53 0.58 0.64 0.64 0.55
Temperature range III fτ.red 0.46 0.49 0.53 0.50 0.55 0.55 0.55
108
Anchor characteristics
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40
hmin
h0
hef
d0
WIT-PE 500 R
109
WIT-PE 500 WITH REBAR
Mechanical characteristics
rebar grade Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40
Stressed
cross As [mm²] 50 Benefits:
79 113 154 201 314 491 616 804 1257
section • Europ
Section
W [mm³] 50 98 170 269 402 785 1534 2155 3217 6283
Modulus
Yield
fy [N/mm2] 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460
strength
Tensile
fu [N/mm2] 483 483 483 483 483 483 483 483 483 483
460A strength
Design
bending M0Rd,s [Nm] 19 38 66 104 155 303 593 833 1243 2428
BS4449: moment
1997
Yield
fy [N/mm2] 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460
strength
Tensile
fu [N/mm2] 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497
460B strength
Design
bending M0Rd,s [Nm] 20 39 67 107 160 312 610 857 1279 2497
moment
Yield
fy [N/mm2] 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
WIT-PE 500 R
strength
DIN1045-1:
2008:08 / Tensile
DIN 488-1: BST 500 S, fu [N/mm2] 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550
strength
2009:08 / B500B
DIN EN 1992-
Design
1-1: 2011-01
bending M0Rd,s [Nm] 22 43 75 119 177 346 675 948 1415 2765
moment
110
Material specification of rebar
WIT-PE 500 R
(d: Nominal diameter of the bar; h: Rlp height of the bar)
111
WIT-PE 500 WITH REBAR
Properties of adhesive
Stability
UV-resistance (sunlight) resistant
Temperature resistance Benefits: 72 °C
Water resistancy • Europ resistant
Water absorption ASTM D 570 0.109 %
Cleaning agents 1% tenside solution: no effects
Physical properties
Flexural strength DIN EN 196-1 after 24 hours: 42 N/mm2
Modulus of Elasticity (Young's UNI EN ISO 178 after 24 hours: 4.11 GPa
Flexural Properties Modulus)
Flexural stress at break UNI EN ISO 178 after 24 hours: 86 MPa
Flexural strain at break UNI EN ISO 178 after 24 hours: 2.0 %
Compressive strength DIN EN 196-1 after 24 hours: ≥ 120 N/mm2
after 7 days: 169 MPa
Compressive strength UNI EN ISO 604
after 2 days: 166 MPa
Compressive Properties
Modulus of Elasticity ASTM D 695 after 24 hours: 5.97 GPa
Yield stress ASTM D 695 after 24 hours: 5129 GPa
Deformation beyond yield point ASTM D 695 3.6 %
WIT-PE 500 R
112
Working time and curing time
Temperature Gelling - working time Minimum Curing time Minimum Curing time
of Concrete in dry concrete in wet concrete
5°C bis 9°C 60 min 72 h 142 h
10°C bis 19°C 45 min 45 h 90 h
20°C bis 29°C 30 min 10 h 20 h
30°C bis 39°C 20 min 6 h 12 h
≥ 40°C 12 min 4 h 8h
Filling Quantity
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40
WIT-PE 500 R
113
WIT-PE 500 WITH REBAR
Installation instruction
Installation Control
Drill hole to the required embedment depth with a hammer Working length of drill bit must be
drill set in rotation-hammer mode using an appropriately bigger than the given drill hole
sized carbide drill bit.(for drill bit diameter and drill hole depth.
depth (see table „Anchor characteristics“)
Blow out at least 2x from the back of the bore hole until The compressed air without oil.
return air stream is free of noticeable dust.
If the back of the bore hole is not reached an extension
shall be used.
The hand-pump can be used for anchor sizes up to bore
hole diameter 20 mm. For bore holes larger than 20 mm
or deeper 240 mm, compressed air (min. 6 bar) must be
WIT-PE 500 R
used.
Brush 2x with the specified brush size by inserting the The brush must produce natural
brush to the back of the hole in a twisting motion and resistance as it enters the drill hole -
removing it. if not, the brush is too small and
If the back of the hole is not reached with the brush, must be replaced with the proper
a brush extension shall be used. brush diameter (use the brush
diameter gauge).
or Blow out at least 2x from the back of the bore hole until
return air stream is free of noticeable dust.
If the back of the bore hole is not reached an extension
shall be used.
The hand-pump can be used for anchor sizes up to bore
hole diameter 20 mm. For bore holes larger than 20 mm
or deeper 240 mm, compressed air (min. 6 bar) must be
used.
Prior to inserting the anchor rod into the filled bore hole, Before use, verify that the anchor
the position of the embedment depth shall be marked on element is dry and free of oil and
the anchor rods. other contaminants.
114
Installation Control
Tightly attach mixing nozzle to cartridge. Only use mixing nozzle and
Place the cartridge into dispensing gun. dispensing gun of the system.
Do not modify the mixing nozzle.
Inject the adhesive starting at the back of the hole, slowly Marking the mixing nozzle makes
withdrawing the mixer with each trigger pull. it easier to fill every hole with the
Fill holes approximately 2/3 full, or as required to ensure same volume.
that the annular gap between the anchor and the concrete
is completely filled with adhesive along the embedment
length.
For embedment larger than 190mm an extension nozzle
shall be used.
For overhead and horizontal installation in bore holes
larger than ∅ 20mm a injection adapter and extension
nozzle shall be used.
WIT-PE 500 R
Press the marked anchor element down to the bottom of If these requirements (excess mortar
the hole, turning it slightly while doing so. and the embedment depth) are not
After inserting the anchor element, excess mortar must maintained, the application has to
emerge from the annular gap. be renewed.
For overhead installation fix
embedded part (e.g.wedges).
After required curing time, the anchor element can be Check the max. torque by using a
loaded. calibrated torque wrench.
The applied installation torque shall not exceed.
(see table „Anchor characteristic“)
115
WIT-PE 500 WITH REBAR
Accessoires
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40
Hammer Drills
Drill Bits
Brush
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40
Brush length lb [mm] 170 200 200 300 300 300 300 300
Brush ...008 ...010 ...012 ...014 ...016 ...020 ...025 ... 028 on demand
0905 489 ...
Brush extension 0903 489 111
Blow-out (manual)
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40
116
Compressed-air cleaning
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40
Jet nozzle ... 210 ... 214 ... 217 ... 227
0903 489 ...
Thread adapter 0903 489 291 0903 489 292
Injecting
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40
WIT-PE 500 R
117
WIT-PE 500 WITH REBAR
Chemical resistance
118
119
WIT-PE 500 R
VM 250 M WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
WIT-VM 250
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, cracked
Suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Benefits:
• Europ
420 ml 330 ml 300 ml
Art.no.: Art.no.: Art.no.:
0903450200 0903450202 0903450201 Benefits:
• Styrene-free, quick-curing high-performance vinylester
mortar allows the anchorage to be finished in a short
period of time.
• Its many approvals guarantees optimized load
Galvanized (5 microns): M8 - M30 capacities for threaded rods and rebar.
• Universal fixing system for a broad range of
applications on building sites.
• The special chemical composition allows working in
high corrosion areas.
Applications
VM 250 M
120
Basic loading data (for a single anchor)
All data in this section applies to: • Concrete C 20/25, fck,cube = 25 N/mm²,
• Correct setting (See setting instruction). Concrete C 50/60, fck,cube = 60 N/mm².
• No edge distance and spacing influence. • Temperate range I (min. base material temperature
• Base material thickness, as specified in the table. -40°C, max. long term/short term base material
• Embedment depth, as specified in the table. temperature: +24°C/40°C).
• Anchor material, as specified in the tables, • Dry or wet conditions of drill hole, hammer drilling.
steel grade 5.8. • Installation temperature range -10°C to +40°C.
Characteristic resistance
VM 250 M
Design resistance
121
VM 250 M WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Recommended / Allowable loads1)
Anchor type: VM 250 M
122
Design Method (simplified)
Simplified version of the design method according ETAG 001, TR 029. Design resistance
according data given in ETA-12/0164, issue 2013-06-20:
• Influence of concrete strength.
• Influence of edge distance.
• Influence of spacing.
• Valid for a group of anchors. (The influencing factors must then be considered for each edge distance and spacing.
The calculated design loads are then on the save side. They will be lower than the exact values according
ETAG 001, Annex C. To avoid this, it is recommended to use the anchor design software of Würth).
• The design method is based on the following simplification: No different loads are acting on individual anchors
(no eccentricity).
• Temperate range I (min. base material temperature -40°C, max. long term/short term base material temperature:
+24°C/40°C).
• Dry or wet conditions of drill hole, hammer drilling.
• Installation temperature range -10°C to +40°C.
Tension loading
The decisive design resistance in tension is the lowest value of the following failure modes:
Steel failure:
VM 250 M
Concrete splitting failure:
steel grade Thread M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30
size
4.6 NRd,s [kN] 7.5 11.5 17.0 32.5 49.0 70.5 92.0 112.0
5.8 NRd,s [kN] 12.2 19.3 28.1 52.2 81.6 117.5 153.1 186.9
8.8 NRd,s [kN] 19.5 30.9 44.9 83.6 130.6 188.0 245.0 299.0
A4-70 NRd,s [kN] 13.7 21.7 31.5 58.6 91.6 132.2 172.3 210.2
123
VM 250 M WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Influence of concrete strength
1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.
124
Characteristic edge distance ccr,p and spacing scr,p
Number of
fixing per s/scr,p1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
2 fsx,p, fsy,p 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
3 fsx,p, fsy,p 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
4 fsx,p, fsy,p 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5 fsx,p, fsy,p 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.
VM 250 M
c/ccr,p 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
fcx,1,p 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
fcx,2,p
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy,p
125
VM 250 M WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Basic design concrete cone resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: VM 250 M
Above characteristic spacing and edge distances are given for the typical effective anchorage depth. Calculating for
smaller depths is leading to conservative load capacities. For calculation with bigger depths use the following:
and .
Number of
fixing per s/scr,N1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
2 fsx, fsy 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
3 fsx, fsy 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
4 fsx, fsy 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5 fsx, fsy 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.
126
Concrete cone failure - Influence of edge distance
c/ccr,N 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
fcx,1 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
fcx,2
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy
Above characteristic spacing and edge distances are given for the typical effective anchorage depth. Calculating for
smaller depths is leading to conservative load capacities. For calculation with bigger depths use the following:
and
VM 250 M
Concrete splitting failure - Influence of spacing
Number of
fixing per s/scr,sp1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
2 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
3 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
4 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.
127
VM 250 M WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Concrete splitting failure - Influence of edge distance
;
c/ccr,sp 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
fcx,1, sp 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
fcx,2, sp Benefits:
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy, sp • Europ
h/hmin 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.20 2.30 2.40 2.50 2.60 2.70 2.80 ≥2.90
fh 1.00 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.25 1.31 1.37 1.42 1.48 1.53 1.59 1.64 1.69 1.74 1.79 1.84 1.89 1.94 1.99 2.00
Shear loading
The decisive design resistance in shear is the lowest value of the following failure modes:
Steel failure:
128
Design concrete pry-out resistance of a single anchor
Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all
directions . For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be
calculated. The smallest value should be used in the verification.
VM 250 M
Influence of concrete strength
1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.
129
VM 250 M WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Influence of embedment depth
hef /d 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ≥ 12
fhef,V 0.87 0.91 0.94 0.97 1.00 1.02 1.05 1.07 1.08
α1) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
fα,V 1.00 1.01 1.05 1.11 1.20 1.34 1.51 1.72 1.92 2.00
1)
For α ≥ 90° the component of the shear load acting away from the edge may be neglected and the verification may
be done with component acting parallel to the edge only.
Influence of spacing
VM 250 M
In groups loaded perpendicular to the edge only two adjacent anchors closest and parallel to the edge carry the load.
The smallest spacing should be used for the verification.
s/c11) 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60 2.80 3.00
fs,V 1.17 1.20 1.23 1.27 1.30 1.33 1.40 1.47 1.53 1.60 1.67 1.73 1.80 1.87 1.93 2.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in the row closest to the edge.
130
Influence of concrete member thickness
h/c1 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 ≥ 1.50
fh,V 0.26 0.37 0.45 0.52 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.97 1.00
Structural Verification
Tension
Shear
VM 250 M
131
VM 250 M WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Service temperature
Temperature range Base material Maximum long term base Maximum short term base
temperature material temperature material temperature
Temperature range I -40 °C to +40 °C +24 °C +40 °C
Temperature range II -40 °C to +80 °C +50 °C +80 °C
Temperature range III -40 °C to +120 °C +72 °CBenefits: +120 ° C
• Europ
Non-cracked concrete
Design bond strength according to ETA-12/0164 / dry and wet concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.1 5.6 5.0
Temperature range II τRd,ucr [N/mm ]2
5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 4.7 4.2 3.6
Temperature range III τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 3.7 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.1 2.8
Design bond strength according to ETA-12/0164 / flooded concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 3.6 4.0 4.0 4.0
Temperature range II τRd,ucr [N/mm ]2
2.6 3.1 3.1 3.1
Temperature range III τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 1.9 2.4 2.4 2.4
VM 250 M
Cracked concrete
132
Reduction factor for different use categories
Anchor type: VM 250 M
Non-cracked concrete
Reduction factor strength according to ETA-12/0164 / dry and wet concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I fτ.red 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Temperature range II fτ.red 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.77 0.75 0.72
Temperature range III fτ.red 0.55 0.54 0.54 0.54 0.54 0.59 0.55 0.56
Reduction factor according to ETA-12/0164 / flooded concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I fτ.red 0.54 0.61 0.61 0.61
Temperature range II fτ.red 0.39 0.46 0.46 0.46
Temperature range III fτ.red 0.29 0.36 0.36 0.36
Cracked concrete
Reduction factor according to ETA-12/0164 / dry and wet concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I fτ.red 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Temperature range II fτ.red 0.73 0.73 0.73 0.73 0.69 0.69
Temperature range III fτ.red 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.54 0.54
Reduction factor according to ETA-12/0164 / flooded concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I fτ.red 0.86 0.86
Temperature range II fτ.red 0.62 0.62
VM 250 M
Temperature range III fτ.red 0.47 0.47
133
VM 250 M WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Anchor characteristics
df
d0
134
Mechanical characteristics
steel grade Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30
Stressed cross As [mm²] 37 58 84 157 245 352 459 561
section
Section Modulus W [mm³] 31 62 109 277 540 933 1389 1872
Yield strength fy [N/mm ] 2
240 240 240 240 240 240 240 240
Tensile strength fu [N/mm ] 2
400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400
4.6
Design bending
M0Rd,s [Nm] 9 18 31 80 156 269 400 539
moment
Yield strength fy [N/mm2] 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400
Tensile strength fu [N/mm ] 2
500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
5.8
Design bending
M0Rd,s [Nm] 15 30 52 133 259 448 667 899
moment
Yield strength fy [N/mm2] 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640
Tensile strength fu [N/mm ] 2
800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
8.8
Design bending
M0Rd,s [Nm] 24 48 84 212 415 717 1067 1438
moment
Yield strength fy [N/mm2] 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450
fu [N/mm ] 2
700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700
A4-70
Design bending
M0Rd,s [Nm] 17 34 59 149 292 504 750 1011
moment
VM 250 M
135
VM 250 M WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Material specification of anchor
Designation Material
Steel, zinc plated ≥ 5 μm acc. to EN ISO 4042 or Steel, hot-dip galvanised ≥ 40 μm acc. to
EN ISO 1461 and EN ISO 10684 Benefits:
Anchor rod
Steel, EN 10087 or EN• Europ
10263
Property class 4.6 8.8, EN ISO 898-1:1999
Property class 4 (for class 4.6 rod) EN898-2
Hexagon nut, EN 24032 Property class 5 (for class 5.8 rod) EN 898-2
Property class 8 (for class 8.8 rod) EN 898-2
Washer, EN ISO 7089,
Steel, zinc plated or hot-dip galvanised
EN ISO 7093 or EN ISO 7094
Stainless steel
Material 1.4401 / 1.4404 / 1.4571, EN 10088-1: 2005
Property class 70 EN ISO 3506
Anchor rod
or for
> M24: Property class 50 EN ISO 3506
Material 1.4401 / 1.4404 / 1.4571, EN 10088
Property class 70 EN ISO 3506
Hexagon nut, EN 4032
or for
> M24: Property class 50 EN ISO 3506
Washer, EN ISO 7089,EN ISO 887
Material 1.4401, 1.4404 or 1.4571, EN 10088
EN ISO 7093 or EN ISO 7094
High corrosion resistance steel
VM 250 M
136
Properties of adhesive
Stability
UV-resistance (sunlight) not resistant
Temperature resistance 120 °C
Water resistancy resistant
Cleaning agents 1% tenside solution: no effects
Physical properties
Flexural Properties Flexural strength DIN EN 196-1 after 24 hours: 14.7 N/mm2
Compressive Properties Compressive strength DIN EN 196-1 after 24 hours: ≥ 100 N/mm2
Dynamic Modulus of Elasticity DIN EN 12504-4 after 24 hours: 14.09 GPa
Thermal conductivity Modified transient plane source 0.66 / 0.63 W/mK
method
Specific contact resistance IEC 93 3.6 x 109 Ωcm
Density DIN 53479 1.77 ± 0.1 g/cm3
Workability features
Watertightness / Impermeability DIN EN 12390-8 after 72 hours at 5bar: 0mm
Open time (10-20°C) 15 min
Curing time (10-20°C) 80 min
Shelf life 18 months
For information use only. Values are not to be considered as a specification and do not reflect the performance of the system. The given values are
typical values and are subject to change without notice.
VM 250 M
137
VM 250 M WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Working time and curing time
Temperature Gelling - working time Minimum Curing time Minimum Curing time
of Concrete in dry concrete in wet concrete
-10°C bis -4°C1) 90 min 24 h 48 h
-5°C bis -1°C 90 min 14Benefits:
h 28 h
0°C bis 4°C 45 min 7• Europ
h 14 h
5°C bis 10°C 25 min 2h 4h
10°C bis 19°C 15 min 80 min 160 min
20°C bis 29°C 6 min 45 min 90 min
30°C bis 34°C 4 min 25 min 50 min
35°C bis 39°C 4 min 20 min 40 min
≥ 40°C 1.5 min 15 min 30 min
1)
Cartridge temperature must be at min. 15°C
Filling Quantity
138
Installation instruction
Installation Control
Choose the right system tools. There is a system: drilling machine, drill
bit, hand-pump, brush, brush diameter
gauge.
Drill the hole with a hammer drill. Drill bit diameter and its Working length of drill bit must be
working length are determined by the diameter and depth bigger than the given drill hole
of the drill hole of the selected anchor. depth.
(see table anchor characteristics).
or Clean the bore hole 4x from the bottom. If the bore hole Check the whole system on the site,
bottom is not reached an extension shall be used. the system includes the brush
The hand-pump can be used for anchor sizes up to bore and brush diameter gauge,
hole diameter 20 mm. the hand-pump or compressor
For bore holes larger than 20 mm or deeper than 240 mm, (air without oil).
compressed air (min. 6 bar) must be used.
VM 250 M
Brush the bore hole 4x by a twisting motion and removing Control the diameter of the brush
it with the required brush. Use a drilling machine or with a brush diameter gauge.
a battery screwdriver.
If the bore hole bottom is not reached with the brush,
a brush extension shall be used.
or Clean again the bore hole 4x from the bottom until the
return air straem is without dust. If the bore hole bottom
is not reached an extension shall be used.
The hand-pump can be used for anchor sizes up to bore
hole diameter 20 mm.
For bore holes larger then 20 mm or deeper 240 mm,
compressed air (min. 6 bar) must be used.
Attach the supplied static-mixing nozzle to the cartridge Only use static-mixing nozzle of the
and insert the cartridge into the correct dispensing tool. system.
Do not modify the static-mixing nozzle.
For every working interruption longer than the
recommended working time as well as for new cartridges,
a new static-mixer shall be used.
139
VM 250 M WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Installation Control
Prior to inserting the anchor rod into the filled bore hole, Check the marker on the anchor rod.
the position of the embedment depth shall be marked on
the anchor rods.
Benefits:
• Europ
Starting from the bottom of the hole fill the hole up to Marking the static mixing nozzle
(see table working and curing time) approximately 2/3 makes it easier to fill every hole with
with adhesive. Slowly withdraw the static mixing nozzle as the same volume.
the hole fills to avoid creating voids. For embedment larger
than 190 mm an extension nozzle shall be used.
For overhead and horizontal installation in bore holes
larger than ∅ 20 mm a injection adapter and extension
nozzle shall be used. Observe the given working times.
While turning slightly push the threaded rod or reinforcing Make sure that the embedment
VM 250 M
bar into the anchor hole to ensure uniform distribution of depth is observed and that excess
the adhesive until the embedment depth is reached. mortar is visible at the top of the
hole.
If these requirements are not
maintained, the application has
to be renewed.
For overhead installation fix
embedded part (e.g.wedges).
Do not move or load the anchor until the mortar is fully
cured.
After fully cured, the fixture can be installed. Check the max. torque by using a
calibrated torque wrench.
140
Accessoires
Hammer Drills
Drill Bits
Brush
VM 250 M
Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30
Brush diameter db [mm] 12 14 16 20 26 30 34 37
Brush length lb [mm] 170 200 200 300 300 300
Brush
0905 499 ...
...001 ...002 ...003 ...004 ...005 ...008 on demand
Blow-out (manual)
141
VM 250 M WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Compressed-air cleaning
Injecting
142
Chemical resistance
VM 250 M
Magnesium chloride, aqueous solution all ●
Methanol 100 ●
Motor oil (SAE 20 W-50) 100 ●
Nitric acid 10 ●
Oleic acid 100 ●
Perchloroethylene 100 ●
Petroleum 100 ●
Phenol, aqueous solution 8 ●
Phosphoric acid 85 ●
Potash lye (Potassium hydroxide) 10 ●
Potassium carbonate, aqueous solution all ●
Potassium chlorite, aqueous solution all ●
Potassium nitrate, aqueous solution all ●
Sodium carbonate all ●
Sodium Chloride, aqueous solution all ●
Sodium phosphate, aqueous solution all ●
Sodium silicate all ●
Standard Benzine 100 ●
Sulfuric acid 10 ●
Sulfuric acid 70 ●
Tartaric acid all ●
Tetrachloroethylene 100 ●
Toluene ●
Trichloroethylene 100 ●
Turpentine 100 ●
Results shown in the table are applicable to brief periods of chemical contact with full cured adhesive (e.g. temporary contact with adhesive during a
spill).
143
WIT-VM 250 WITH REBAR
WIT-VM 250 Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, cracked
Suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Benefits:
• Europ
420 ml 330 ml 300 ml
Art.no.: Art.no.: Art.no.:
0903450200 0903450202 0903450201 Benefits:
• Styrene-free, quick-curing high-performance vinylester
mortar allows the anchorage to be finished in a short
period of time..
• Its many approvals guarantees optimized load
∅8 - ∅32 capacities for threaded rods and rebar.
• Universal fixing system for a broad range of
applications on building sites.
• The special chemical composition allows working in
high corrosion areas.
Applications
VM 250 R
144
Basic loading data (for a single anchor)
All data in this section applies to: • Concrete C 20/25, fck,cube = 25 N/mm²,
• Correct setting (See setting instruction). Concrete C 50/60, fck,cube = 60 N/mm².
• No edge distance and spacing influence. • Temperate range I (min. base material temperature
• Base material thickness, as specified in the table. -40°C, max. long term/short term base material
• Embedment depth, as specified in the table. temperature: +24°C/40°C).
• Anchor material, as specified in the tables, • Dry or wet conditions of drill hole, hammer drilling.
steel grade BST 500 S, B500B • Installation temperature range +5°C to +40°C.
Characteristic resistance
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
Effective anchorage depth hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 125 170 210 270 300
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 20.1 33.9 49.8 70.6 70.6 111.9 153.7 224.0 256.4
C50/60 NRk [kN] 22.1 37.3 54.7 77.6 77.6 123.1 169.0 246.5 282.0
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 13.8 21.6 31.1 42.3 55.3 86.4 135.0 169.3 169.3
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 22.8 34.6 43.2 70.5 98.0 160.0 187.4
C50/60 NRk [kN] 25.1 38.0 47.5 77.5 107.8 176.0 206.2
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 31.1 42.3 55.3 86.4 135.0 169.3 169.3
VM 250 R
Design resistance
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
Effective anchorage depth hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 125 170 210 270 300
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 13.4 18.8 27.6 39.2 39.2 62.2 85.4 124.5 142.4
C50/60 NRd [kN] 14.7 20.7 30.4 43.1 43.1 68.4 93.9 136.9 156.7
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 9.2 14.4 20.7 28.2 36.9 57.6 90.0 112.9 112.9
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 12.7 19.2 24.0 39.2 54.4 88.9 104.1
C50/60 NRd [kN] 13.9 21.1 26.4 43.1 59.9 97.8 114.5
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 20.7 28.2 36.9 57.6 90.0 112.9 112.9
145
WIT-VM 250 WITH REBAR
Recommended / Allowable loads1)
Anchor type: VM 250 R
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
Effective anchorage depth hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 125 170 210 270 300
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 9.6 13.5 Benefits:
19.7 28.0 28.0 44.4 61.0 88.9 101.7
• Europ
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 10.5 14.8 21.7 30.8 30.8 48.9 67.1 97.8 111.9
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 6.6 10.3 14.8 20.2 26.3 41.1 64.3 80.6 80.6
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 9.1 13.7 17.1 28.0 38.9 63.5 74.4
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 10.0 15.1 18.9 30.8 42.8 69.9 81.8
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 14.8 20.2 26.3 41.1 64.3 80.6 80.6
1)
Material safety factor yM and safety factor for action y L = 1.4 are included. The material safety factor depends on the failure mode.
VM 250 R
146
Design Method (simplified)
Simplified version of the design method according ETAG 001, TR 029. Design resistance
according data given in ETA-12/0164, issue 2013-06-20:
• Influence of concrete strength.
• Influence of edge distance.
• Influence of spacing.
• Valid for a group of anchors. (The influencing factors must then be considered for each edge distance and spacing.
The calculated design loads are then on the save side. They will be lower than the exact values according
ETAG 001, Annex C. To avoid this, it is recommended to use the anchor design software of Würth).
• The design method is based on the following simplification: No different loads are acting on individual anchors
(no eccentricity).
• Temperate range I (min. base material temperature -40°C, max. long term/short term base material temperature:
+24°C/40°C).
• Dry or wet conditions of drill hole, hammer drilling.
• Installation temperature range -10°C to +40°C.
Tension loading
The decisive design resistance in tension is the lowest value of the following failure modes::
Steel failure:
VM 250 R
Concrete splitting failure:
Code Rebar Rebar Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
grade size
BS4449:1997 460A NRd,s [kN] 17.4 27.1 39.0 53.1 69.4 108.4 169.4 212.4 277.4
460B NRd,s [kN] 17.8 27.9 40.1 54.6 71.3 111.5 174.2 218.5 285.4
DIN1045-1:2008:08 / BST 500 S,
DIN 488-1:2009:08 / B500B
NRd,s [kN] 19.7 30.9 44.4 60.5 79.0 123.4 192.8 241.9 316.0
DIN EN 1992-1-
1:2011-01
147
WIT-VM 250 WITH REBAR
Influence of concrete strength
1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.
Basic design combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: VM 250 R
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 125 170 210 270 300
Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 13.4 18.8 27.6 41.9 52.4 85.5 108.9 141.4 142.4
Cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 12.7 19.2 24.0 39.2 54.4 91.9 108.9
148
Characteristic edge distance ccr,p and spacing scr,p
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 125 170 210 270 300
scr,p [mm] 185 253 304 375 375 510 630 693 681
ccr,p [mm] 92 126 152 188 188 255 315 346 341
Number of
fixing per s/scr,p1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
2 fsx,p, fsy,p 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
3 fsx,p, fsy,p 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
4 fsx,p, fsy,p 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5 fsx,p, fsy,p 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.
VM 250 R
c/ccr,p 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
fcx,1,p 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
fcx,2,p
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy,p
149
WIT-VM 250 WITH REBAR
Basic design concrete cone resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: VM 250 R
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 125 170 210 270 300
Non-cracked concrete
Benefits:
N0Rd,c [kN] 24.1 24.0 32.4 39.2• Europ
39.2 62.2 85.4 124.5 145.8
Cracked concrete
N0Rd,c [kN] 17.2 17.1 23.1 28.0 28.0 44.4 61.0 88.9 104.1
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
VM 250 R
Above characteristic spacing and edge distances are given for the typical effective anchorage depth. Calculating for
smaller depths is leading to conservative load capacities. For calculation with bigger depths use the following:
and .
Number of
fixing per s/scr,N1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
2 fsx, fsy 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
3 fsx, fsy 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
4 fsx, fsy 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5 fsx, fsy 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.
150
Concrete cone failure - Influence of edge distance
c/ccr,N 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
fcx,1 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
fcx,2
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 125 170 210 270 300
scr,sp [mm] 360 420 528 600 590 816 1008 1296 1440
ccr,sp [mm] 180 210 264 300 295 408 504 648 720
hmin [mm] 110 120 134 157 165 218 264 330 364
Above characteristic spacing and edge distances are given for the typical effective anchorage depth. Calculating for
smaller depths is leading to conservative load capacities. For calculation with bigger depths use the following:
and
VM 250 R
Concrete splitting failure - Influence of spacing
Number of
fixing per s/scr,sp1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
2 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
3 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
4 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.
151
WIT-VM 250 WITH REBAR
Concrete splitting failure - Influence of edge distance
;
c/ccr,sp 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
fcx,1, sp 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
fcx,2, sp Benefits:
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy, sp • Europ
h/hmin 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.20 2.30 2.40 2.50 2.60 2.70 2.80 ≥2.90
fh 1.00 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.25 1.31 1.37 1.42 1.48 1.53 1.59 1.64 1.69 1.74 1.79 1.84 1.89 1.94 1.99 2.00
Shear loading
The decisive design resistance in shear is the lowest value of the following failure modes:
Steel failure:
152
Design concrete pry-out resistance of a single anchor
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 125 170 210 270 300
k [-] 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all
directions . For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be
calculated. The smallest value should be used in the verification.
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
Non-cracked concrete
V0Rd,c [kN] 5.2 7.5 10.1 13.1 16.4 24.3 36.3 42.3 50.5
Cracked concrete
V0Rd,c [kN] 3.7 5.3 7.1 9.2 11.6 17.1 25.6 29.7 35.5
VM 250 R
Influence of concrete strength
1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.
153
WIT-VM 250 WITH REBAR
Influence of embedment depth
hef /d 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ≥ 12
fhef,V 0.87 0.91 0.94 0.97 1.00 1.02 1.05 1.07 1.08
α1) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
fα,V 1.00 1.01 1.05 1.11 1.20 1.34 1.51 1.72 1.92 2.00
1)
For α ≥ 90° the component of the shear load acting away from the edge may be neglected and the verification may
be done with component acting parallel to the edge only.
Influence of spacing
In groups loaded perpendicular to the edge only two adjacent anchors closest and parallel to the edge carry the load.
VM 250 R
s/c11) 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60 2.80 3.00
fs,V 1.17 1.20 1.23 1.27 1.30 1.33 1.40 1.47 1.53 1.60 1.67 1.73 1.80 1.87 1.93 2.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in the row closest to the edge.
154
Influence of concrete member thickness
h/c1 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 ≥ 1.50
fh,V 0.26 0.37 0.45 0.52 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.97 1.00
Structural Verification
Tension
Shear
VM 250 R
155
WIT-VM 250 WITH REBAR
Service temperature
Temperature range Base material Maximum long term base Maximum short term base
temperature material temperature material temperature
Temperature range I -40 °C to +40 °C +24 °C +40 °C
Temperature range II -40 °C to +80 °C +50 °C +80 °C
Temperature range III -40 °C to +120 °C +72 °CBenefits: +120 ° C
• Europ
Non-cracked concrete
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
Design bond strength according to ETA-12/0164 / dry and wet concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.1 5.6 4.7
Temperature range II τRd,ucr [N/mm ]2
5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 4.4 3.9 3.3
Temperature range III τRd,ucr [N/mm ]2
3.7 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.3 2.8 2.5
Design bond strength according to ETA-12/0164 / flooded concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 3.6 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
Temperature range II τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 2.6 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1
Temperature range III τRd,ucr [N/mm ]2
1.9 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4
Cracked concrete
VM 250 R
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
Design bond strength according to ETA-12/0164 / dry and wet concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I τRd,cr [N/mm2] 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.6 3.6
Temperature range II τRd,cr [N/mm ]2
2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.5 2.5
Temperature range III τRd,cr [N/mm2] 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.9 1.9
Design bond strength according to ETA-12/0164 / flooded concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I τRd,cr [N/mm2] 2.6 2.6 2.6
Temperature range II τRd,cr [N/mm ]2
1.9 1.9 1.9
Temperature range III τRd,cr [N/mm2] 1.4 1.4 1.4
156
Reduction factor for different use categories
Anchor type: VM 250 R
Non-cracked concrete
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
Reduction factor strength according to ETA-12/0164 / dry and wet concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I fτ.red 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Temperature range II fτ.red 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.73 0.70 0.71
Temperature range III fτ.red 0.55 0.54 0.54 0.54 0.54 0.54 0.55 0.50 0.53
Reduction factor according to ETA-12/0164 / flooded concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I fτ.red 0.54 0.61 0.61 0.61 0.61
Temperature range II fτ.red 0.39 0.46 0.46 0.46 0.46
Temperature range III fτ.red 0.29 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36
Cracked concrete
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
Reduction factor according to ETA-12/0164 / dry and wet concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I fτ.red 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Temperature range II fτ.red 0.73 0.73 0.73 0.73 0.73 0.69 0.69
Temperature range III fτ.red 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.54 0.54
Reduction factor according to ETA-12/0164 / flooded concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I fτ.red 0.86 0.86 0.86
Temperature range II fτ.red 0.62 0.62 0.62
Temperature range III fτ.red 0.47 0.47 0.47
VM 250 R
157
WIT-VM 250 WITH REBAR
Anchor characteristics
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
hef,min [mm] 60 60 70 75 80 90 100 112 128
Effective anchorage depth
hef,max [mm] 160 200 240Benefits:
280 320 400 480 540 640
Nominal drill hole • Europ
d0 [mm] 12 14 16 18 20 24 32 35 40
diameter
Drill depth h0 / h1 [mm] = hef
Diameter of steel brush db ≥ [mm] 14 16 18 20 22 26 34 37 41.5
Min. thickness of concrete = hef +30mm
hmin [mm] = hef + 2d0
member ≥ 100mm
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 40 50 60 70 80 100 125 140 160
Minimum edge distances cmin [mm] 40 50 60 70 80 100 125 140 160
hmin
h0
hef
d0
VM 250 R
158
Mechanical characteristics
rebar grade Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
Stressed
cross As [mm²] 50 79 113 154 201 314 491 616 804
section
Section
W [mm³] 50 98 170 269 402 785 1534 2155 3217
Modulus
Yield
fy [N/mm2] 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460
strength
Tensile
fu [N/mm2] 483 483 483 483 483 483 483 483 483
460A strength
Design
bending M0Rd,s [Nm] 19 38 66 104 155 303 593 833 1243
BS4449: moment
1997 Yield
fy [N/mm2] 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460
strength
Tensile
fu [N/mm2] 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497
460B strength
Design
bending M0Rd,s [Nm] 20 39 67 107 160 312 610 857 1279
moment
Yield
DIN1045- fy [N/mm2] 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
strength
1:2008:08 /
DIN 488- Tensile
BST 500 S, fu [N/mm2] 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550
1:2009:08 / strength
B500B
VM 250 R
DIN EN
Design
1992-1-
bending M0Rd,s [Nm] 22 43 75 119 177 346 675 948 1415
1:2011-01
moment
159
WIT-VM 250 WITH REBAR
Material specification of rebar
160
Properties of adhesive
Stability
UV-resistance (sunlight) not resistant
Temperature resistance 120 °C
Water resistancy resistant
Cleaning agents 1% tenside solution: no effects
VM 250 R
typical values and are subject to change without notice.
161
WIT-VM 250 WITH REBAR
Temperature Gelling - working time Minimum Curing time Minimum Curing time
of Concrete in dry concrete in wet concrete
-10°C to -4°C1) 90 min 24 h 48 h
-5°C to -1°C 90 min 14Benefits:
h 28 h
0°C to 4°C 45 min 7• Europ
h 14 h
5°C to 10°C 25 min 2h 4h
10°C to 19°C 15 min 80 min 160 min
20°C to 29°C 6 min 45 min 90 min
30°C to 34°C 4 min 25 min 50 min
35°C to 39°C 4 min 20 min 40 min
≥ 40°C 1.5 min 15 min 30 min
1)
Cartridge temperature must be at min. 15°C
Filling Quantity
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
Nominal drill hole d0 [mm] 12 14 16 18 20 24 32 35 40
diameter
VM 250 R
162
Installation instruction
Installation Control
Choose the right system tools. There is a system: drilling machine, drill
bit, hand-pump, brush, brush diameter
gauge.
Drill the hole with a hammer drill or comresses air drilling. Working length of drill bit must be
Drill bit diameter and its working length are determined bigger than the given drill hole
by the diameter and depth of the drill hole of the selected depth.
rebar. (see table rebar characteristics).
or Clean the bore hole with compressed air or hand pump Check the whole system on the site,
4x from the bottom of the drill hole. If the the drill hole the system includes the brush and
bottom is not reached use an extension. brush diameter gauge, the
For drill holes deeper then 240 mm you have to use compressor (air without oil).
comressed air.
VM 250 R
Check brush diameter and clean the hole 4x with drilling
machine or a battery screwdriver. If the bottom is not
reached use an extension.
Attach the supplied static-mixing nozzle to the cartridge Only use static-mixing nozzle of the
and insert the cartridge into the correct dispensing tool. system.
Do not modify the static-mixing nozzle.
For every working interruption longer than the
recommended working time as well as for new cartridges,
a new static-mixer shall be used.
163
WIT-VM 250 WITH REBAR
Installation Control
Benefits:
• Europ
Prepare mortar cartridge with static mixer, extension pipe Marking the static mixing nozzle
and injection adapter. Use the right injection adapter for makes it easier to fill every hole with
the bore hole diameter. The length of the extension pipe the same volume.
has to appropriate to the drill hole depth. Marker on the
extension pipe according ETA -07/0313. Inject the motar
bubble-free by starting from the bottom of the drilled hole.
For overhead and horizontal installation and drilling holes
deeper than 240 mm a piston plug and the appropriate
mixer have to be used.
VM 250 R
While turning slightly push the reinforcing bar into bore Make sure that the embedment
hole to ensure uniform distribution of the adhesive until the depth is observed and that excess
embedment depth is reached. mortar is visible at the top of the
Excessive injection mortar must come out of the drill hole. hole.
If these requirements are not
maintained, the application has to
be renewed.
For overhead installation fix
embedded part (e.g.wedges).
164
Accessoires
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
Nominal drill hole diameter d0 [mm] 12 14 16 18 20 24 32 35 40
Drill depth h 0 / h1 [mm] = hef
Hammer Drills
Drill Bits
Brush
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
VM 250 R
Brush diameter db [mm] 14 16 18 20 22 26 34 37 41.5
Brush length lb [mm] = hef
Brush
0905 499 ...
...002 ...003 ...004 ...005
Blow-out (manual)
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
Blow-out pump (manual) 0903 990 001
165
WIT-VM 250 WITH REBAR
Compressed-air cleaning
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
Jet nozzle 0903 489 210 0903 489 214 0903 489 217 0903 489 227
Injecting
166
Chemical resistance
VM 250 R
Magnesium chloride, aqueous solution all ●
Methanol 100 ●
Motor oil (SAE 20 W-50) 100 ●
Nitric acid 10 ●
Oleic acid 100 ●
Perchloroethylene 100 ●
Petroleum 100 ●
Phenol, aqueous solution 8 ●
Phosphoric acid 85 ●
Potash lye (Potassium hydroxide) 10 ●
Potassium carbonate, aqueous solution all ●
Potassium chlorite, aqueous solution all ●
Potassium nitrate, aqueous solution all ●
Sodium carbonate all ●
Sodium Chloride, aqueous solution all ●
Sodium phosphate, aqueous solution all ●
Sodium silicate all ●
Standard Benzine 100 ●
Sulfuric acid 10 ●
Sulfuric acid 70 ●
Tartaric acid all ●
Tetrachloroethylene 100 ●
Toluene ●
Trichloroethylene 100 ●
Turpentine 100 ●
Results shown in the table are applicable to brief periods of chemical contact with full cured adhesive (e.g. temporary contact with adhesive during a
spill).
167
W-VIZ-A/S AND W-VIZ-A/F
W-VIZ-A/S
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, cracked
Suitable for:
Galvanized (5 microns): M8 – M24 Concrete C12/15, Natural stone with dense structure
W-VIZ-A/F Benefits:
• Europ
Benefits:
• The cost-efficient anchor with its small anchorage
Hot-dipped: M8 – M24 depth is designed to anchor high loading capacities.
• The injected mortar seals the drill hole and thus avoids
WIT-VM100 WIT-EXPRESS corrosion.
• All the many approvals guarantee its reliable function
for all applications even in cracked and non-cracked
concrete.
• Because of the optimized unit of cone bolt and
adhesive the cleaning efforts are low and
consequently the installation is speedily and safely
finished.
Applications
W-VIZ/S
LEED
tested
168
Basic loading data (for a single anchor)
All data in this section applies to: • Bonding expansion system W-VIZ consists of an
• Correct setting (See setting instruction). anchor rod W-VIZ-A/S or W-VIZ-A/F and injection
• No edge distance and spacing influence. mortar WIT-VM100 or WIT-EXPRESS.
• Base material thickness, as specified in the table. • Temperate range I (min. base material temperature
• Embedment depth, as specified in the table. -40°C, max. long term/short term base material
• Anchor material, as specified in the tables. temperature: +50°C/80°C).
• Concrete C 20/25, fck,cube = 25 N/mm², • Dry or wet conditions of drill hole, hammer and
Concrete C 50/60, fck,cube = 60 N/mm². diamond core drilling.
• Installation temperature range +5°C to +40°C.
W-VIZ/S
Thread size M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16
Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 95 100 110 125 90 105 125
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C25/30 Nu,m [kN] 66.6 67.4 67.4 67.4 68.1 88.6 114.0
Shear ≥ C25/30 Vu,m [kN] 33.7 33.7 33.7 33.7 62.8 62.8 62.8
Cracked concrete
Tensile C25/30 Nu,m [kN] 51.6 67.2 67.2 67.2 49.0 74.8 108.7
Shear ≥ C25/30 Vu,m [kN] 33.7 33.7 33.7 33.7 62.8 62.8 62.8
169
W-VIZ-A/S AND W-VIZ-A/F
Characteristic resistance
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M12
C50/60 NRk [kN] 34.5 37.3 38.0 38.0 31.8 40.1 52.1
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 34.0 34.0 34.0 34.0 61.6 63.0 63.0
170
Design resistance
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M12
W-VIZ/S
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 27.2 27.2 27.2 27.2 41.1 50.4 50.4
171
W-VIZ-A/S AND W-VIZ-A/F
Recommended / Allowable loads 1)
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M12
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 24.7 26.6 27.1 27.1 22.7 28.6 37.2
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 19.4 19.4 19.4 19.4 29.3 36.0 36.0
172
Design Method (simplified)
Simplified version of the design method according ETAG 001. Design resistance according data
given in ETA-04/0095, issue 2013-06-13:
• Influence of concrete strength.
• Influence of edge distance.
• Influence of spacing.
• Valid for a group of anchors. (The influencing factors must then be considered for each edge distance and spacing.
The calculated design loads are then on the save side. They will be lower than the exact values according
ETAG 001, Annex C. To avoid this, it is recommended to use the anchor design software of Würth).
• The design method is based on the following simplification: No different loads are acting on individual anchors
(no eccentricity).
• Bonding expansion system W-VIZ consists of an anchor rod W-VIZ-A/S or W-VIZ-A/F and injection mortar
WIT-VM100 or WIT-EXPRESS.
• Temperate range I (min. base material temperature -40°C, max. long term/short term base material temperature:
+50°C/80°C).
• Dry or wet conditions of drill hole, hammer and diamond core drilling.
• Installation temperature range +5°C to +40°C.
Tension loading
The decisive design resistance in tension is the lowest value of the following failure modes:
Steel failure:
W-VIZ/S
Concrete cone failure:
174
Basic design concrete cone resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M12
W-VIZ/S
N0Rd,c [kN] 58.8 41.5 74.6 88.2 74.6 95.2 113.6
N 0
Rd,sp
[kN] 40.0 41.5 74.6 76.7 74.6 95.2 93.3
Cracked concrete
N0Rd,c [kN] 42.0 29.7 53.3 63.0 53.3 68.0 81.2
175
W-VIZ-A/S AND W-VIZ-A/F
Concrete cone failure
Number of
fixing per s/scr,N1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
2 fsx, fsy 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
3 fsx, fsy 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
4 fsx, fsy 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5 fsx, fsy 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.
176
Concrete cone failure - Influence of edge distance
;
c/ccr,N 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
fcx,1 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
fcx,2
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy
W-VIZ/S
ccr,sp [mm] 142.5 150.0 165.0 187.5 135.0 157.5 187.5
hmin [mm] 190 200 220 250 180 200 250
177
W-VIZ-A/S AND W-VIZ-A/F
Concrete splitting failure - Influence of spacing
Number of
fixing per s/scr,sp1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
Benefits:
• Europ
2 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
3 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
4 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.
;
c/ccr,sp 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
fcx,1, sp 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
fcx,2, sp
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy, sp
W-VIZ/S
h/hmin 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.20 2.30 2.40 2.50 2.60 2.70 2.80 ≥2.90
fh 1.00 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.25 1.31 1.37 1.42 1.48 1.53 1.59 1.64 1.69 1.74 1.79 1.84 1.89 1.94 1.99 2.00
Shear loading
The decisive design resistance in shear is the lowest value of the following failure modes:
Steel failure:
178
Design steel resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M12
W-VIZ/S
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M12 - M16
Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all
directions . For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be
calculated. The smallest value should be used in the verification.
179
W-VIZ-A/S AND W-VIZ-A/F
Basic design concrete edge resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M12
160 22.5 15.9 23.1 16.3 24.1 17.0 24.8 17.6 24.8 17.6 25.0 17.7 18.1 18.1
170 24.4 17.3 25.1 17.8 26.2 18.5 27.0 19.1 27.0 19.1 27.2 19.3 19.6 19.6
180 26.5 18.8 27.2 19.2 28.3 20.0 29.2 20.7 29.2 20.7 29.4 20.8 21.2 21.2
190 28.6 20.2 29.3 20.8 30.5 21.6 31.4 22.2 31.4 22.2 31.6 22.4 22.8 22.8
200 30.7 21.8 31.5 22.3 32.7 23.2 33.7 23.9 33.7 23.9 34.0 24.0 24.5 24.5
250 42.1 29.8 43.0 30.5 44.6 31.6 45.8 32.5 45.8 32.5 46.2 32.7 33.3 33.3
300 54.5 38.6 55.7 39.4 57.6 40.8 59.1 41.8 59.1 41.8 59.4 42.1 42.8 42.8
350 67.9 48.1 69.3 49.1 71.5 50.7 73.2 51.9 73.2 51.9 73.7 52.2 53.0 53.0
400 82.1 58.2 83.7 59.3 86.3 61.2 88.3 62.5 88.3 62.5 88.8 62.9 63.8 63.8
450 97.2 68.8 99.0 70.1 102.0 72.2 104.2 73.8 104.2 73.8 104.8 74.2 75.3 75.3
500 113.0 80.0 115.0 81.5 118.4 83.8 120.9 85.6 120.9 85.6 121.5 86.1 87.2 87.2
550 129.6 91.8 131.8 93.4 135.5 96.0 138.3 97.9 138.3 97.9 139.0 98.5 99.8 99.8
600 146.8 104.0 149.3 105.8 153.4 108.6 156.4 110.8 156.4 110.8 157.2 111.4 112.8 112.8
650 171.9 121.8 175.2 124.1 175.2 124.1 176.1 124.7 126.3 126.3
700 191.1 135.3 194.6 137.9 194.6 137.9 195.6 138.5 140.2 140.2
750 214.7 152.1 214.7 152.1 215.7 152.8 154.6 154.6
800 236.5 167.5 169.4 169.4
180
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M12 - M16
55 4.6 4.6 4.7 4.7 4.8 4.8 4.9 4.9 4.8 4.8 5.0
60 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.3 5.3 5.4 5.4 5.3 5.3 5.6 5.6 5.8 5.8
65 5.7 5.7 5.8 5.8 5.9 5.9 6.0 6.0 5.9 5.9 6.1 6.1 6.4 6.4
70 6.3 6.3 6.4 6.4 6.5 6.5 6.6 6.6 6.5 6.5 6.7 6.7 7.1 7.1
75 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 7.1 7.1 7.2 7.2 7.1 7.1 7.4 7.4 7.7 7.7
80 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.7 7.7 7.8 7.8 7.7 7.7 8.0 8.0 8.3 8.3
85 8.1 8.1 8.2 8.2 8.3 8.3 8.4 8.4 8.3 8.3 8.6 8.6 9.0 9.0
90 8.7 8.7 8.8 8.8 9.0 9.0 9.1 9.1 9.0 9.0 9.3 9.3 9.7 9.7
95 9.3 9.3 9.4 9.4 9.6 9.6 9.7 9.7 9.6 9.6 9.9 9.9 10.3 10.3
100 10.0 10.0 10.1 10.1 10.3 10.3 10.4 10.4 10.3 10.3 10.6 10.6 11.0 11.0
110 11.3 11.3 11.4 11.4 11.6 11.6 11.7 11.7 11.6 11.6 12.0 12.0 12.5 12.5
120 12.7 12.7 12.8 12.8 13.0 13.0 13.2 13.2 13.0 13.0 13.4 13.4 13.9 13.9
130 14.1 14.1 14.2 14.2 14.5 14.5 14.6 14.6 14.5 14.5 14.9 14.9 15.4 15.4
140 15.5 15.5 15.7 15.7 16.0 16.0 16.1 16.1 16.0 16.0 16.4 16.4 17.0 17.0
150 17.1 17.1 17.2 17.2 17.5 17.5 17.7 17.7 17.5 17.5 18.0 18.0 18.6 18.6
160 18.6 18.6 18.7 18.7 19.1 19.1 19.2 19.2 19.1 19.1 19.6 19.6 20.2 20.2
170 20.2 20.2 20.3 20.3 20.7 20.7 20.9 20.9 20.7 20.7 21.2 21.2 21.9 21.9
180 21.8 21.8 22.0 22.0 22.3 22.3 22.5 22.5 22.3 22.3 22.9 22.9 23.6 23.6
190 23.4 23.4 23.6 23.6 24.0 24.0 24.2 24.2 24.0 24.0 24.6 24.6 25.4 25.4
200 25.1 25.1 25.3 25.3 25.7 25.7 25.9 25.9 25.7 25.7 26.3 26.3 27.1 27.1
W-VIZ/S
250 34.0 34.0 34.3 34.3 34.8 34.8 35.1 35.1 34.8 34.8 35.6 35.6 36.6 36.6
300 43.7 43.7 44.0 44.0 44.6 44.6 44.9 44.9 44.6 44.6 45.5 45.5 46.7 46.7
350 54.1 54.1 54.4 54.4 55.1 55.1 55.5 55.5 55.1 55.1 56.2 56.2 57.6 57.6
400 65.1 65.1 65.5 65.5 66.2 66.2 66.7 66.7 66.2 66.2 67.5 67.5 69.1 69.1
450 76.7 76.7 77.1 77.1 77.9 77.9 78.5 78.5 78.0 78.0 79.4 79.4 81.2 81.2
500 88.8 88.8 89.3 89.3 90.2 90.2 90.9 90.9 90.3 90.3 91.9 91.9 93.8 93.8
550 101.5 101.5 102.0 102.0 103.1 103.1 103.8 103.8 103.1 103.1 104.9 104.9 107.0 107.0
600 114.7 114.7 115.3 115.3 116.4 116.4 117.2 117.2 116.4 116.4 118.4 118.4 120.7 120.7
650 128.3 128.3 129.0 129.0 130.2 130.2 131.1 131.1 130.3 130.3 132.4 132.4 134.9 134.9
700 142.4 142.4 143.1 143.1 144.5 144.5 145.4 145.4 144.5 144.5 146.8 146.8 149.6 149.6
750 157.0 157.0 157.8 157.8 159.2 159.2 160.2 160.2 159.3 159.3 161.7 161.7 164.7 164.7
800 172.0 172.0 172.8 172.8 174.3 174.3 175.5 175.5 174.4 174.4 177.0 177.0 180.2 180.2
850 187.4 187.4 188.3 188.3 189.9 189.9 191.1 191.1 190.0 190.0 192.8 192.8 196.2 196.2
900 203.2 203.2 204.1 204.1 205.8 205.8 207.2 207.2 205.9 205.9 208.9 208.9 212.5 212.5
950 219.4 219.4 220.4 220.4 222.2 222.2 223.6 223.6 222.3 222.3 225.5 225.5 229.2 229.2
1000 237.0 237.0 238.9 238.9 240.4 240.4 239.1 239.1 242.4 242.4 246.4 246.4
1100 273.5 273.5 275.2 275.2 281.7 281.7
1200 311.3 311.3 318.5 318.5
181
W-VIZ-A/S AND W-VIZ-A/F
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M16 - M24
400 70,5 70,5 69,8 69,8 74,7 74,7 76,1 76,1 75,5 75,5 77,6 77,6 78,5 78,5
450 82,7 82,7 82,0 82,0 87,5 87,5 89,0 89,0 88,4 88,4 90,7 90,7 91,7 91,7
500 95,6 95,6 94,7 94,7 100,9 100,9 102,6 102,6 101,8 101,8 104,4 104,4 105,5 105,5
550 108,9 108,9 108,0 108,0 114,8 114,8 116,6 116,6 115,8 115,8 118,6 118,6 119,9 119,9
600 122,8 122,8 121,8 121,8 129,2 129,2 131,2 131,2 130,3 130,3 133,4 133,4 134,7 134,7
650 137,2 137,2 136,1 136,1 144,1 144,1 146,3 146,3 145,3 145,3 148,6 148,6 150,1 150,1
700 152,0 152,0 150,8 150,8 159,4 159,4 161,8 161,8 160,7 160,7 164,3 164,3 165,9 165,9
750 167,3 167,3 166,0 166,0 175,3 175,3 177,8 177,8 176,7 176,7 180,5 180,5 182,2 182,2
800 183,0 183,0 181,7 181,7 191,5 191,5 194,2 194,2 193,0 193,0 197,1 197,1 198,9 198,9
850 199,1 199,1 197,7 197,7 208,2 208,2 211,0 211,0 209,8 209,8 214,1 214,1 216,1 216,1
900 215,6 215,6 214,2 214,2 225,3 225,3 228,3 228,3 227,0 227,0 231,6 231,6 233,6 233,6
950 232,6 232,6 231,0 231,0 242,8 242,8 245,9 245,9 244,6 244,6 249,4 249,4 251,6 251,6
1000 249,9 249,9 248,3 248,3 260,6 260,6 264,0 264,0 262,5 262,5 267,6 267,6 269,9 269,9
1100 285,6 285,6 283,8 283,8 297,5 297,5 301,2 301,2 299,6 299,6 305,2 305,2 307,7 307,7
1200 322,8 322,8 320,8 320,8 335,8 335,8 339,8 339,8 338,1 338,1 344,2 344,2 347,0 347,0
1300 361,3 361,3 359,2 359,2 375,4 375,4 379,8 379,8 377,9 377,9 384,6 384,6 387,6 387,6
1400 401,1 401,1 416,4 416,4 421,1 421,1 419,1 419,1 426,3 426,3 429,6 429,6
1500 458,6 458,6 463,7 463,7 461,6 461,6 469,2 469,2 472,8 472,8
1600 502,1 502,1 507,5 507,5 505,2 505,2 513,4 513,4 517,3 517,3
1700 546,7 546,7 552,5 552,5 550,1 550,1 558,8 558,8 562,9 562,9
1800 598,6 598,6 605,3 605,3 609,7 609,7
1900 645,9 645,9 653,0 653,0 657,6 657,6
2000 701,7 701,7 706,6 706,6
2100 756,69 756,69
2200 807,78 807,78
182
Influence of concrete strength
1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.
α1) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
fα,V 1.00 1.01 1.05 1.13 1.24 1.40 1.64 1.97 2.32 2.50
1)
For α ≥ 90° the component of the shear load acting away from the edge may be neglected and the verification may
be done with component acting parallel to the edge only.
W-VIZ/S
Influence of spacing
In groups loaded perpendicular to the edge only two adjacent anchors closest and parallel to the edge carry the load.
The smallest spacing should be used for the verification.
s/c11) 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60 2.80 3.00
fs,V 1.17 1.20 1.23 1.27 1.30 1.33 1.40 1.47 1.53 1.60 1.67 1.73 1.80 1.87 1.93 2.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in the row closest to the edge.
183
W-VIZ-A/S AND W-VIZ-A/F
Influence of concrete member thickness
h/c1 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 ≥ 1.50
fh,V 0.26 0.37 0.45 0.52 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.97 1.00
Benefits:
• Europ
Structural Verification
Tension
Shear
184
Thread size M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12 M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16 M16 M20 M20 M20 M24 M24 M24
Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 40 50 60 75 75 70 80 95 100 110 125 90 105 125 145 115 170 190 170 200 225
Drill depth h0 [mm] 42 55 65 80 80 75 85 100 105 115 130 98 113 133 153 120 180 200 185 215 240
Page 13 of European technical approval
Drill hole depth for through Page 13 of European technical approval
ETA-04/0095
td [mm]
of 13 June 2013 - -
ETA-04/0095 of 13 June 2013 td = h0 + tfix
fixing
English translation prepared by DIBt English translation prepared by DIBt
Brush diameter D≥ [mm] 10.8 10.8 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 23.0 25.0 25.0 27.0 27.0 27.0
Clearance-hole in fixture to be
24 24
Anchor characteristics
attached df [mm] 9 9 12 12 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 18 18 18 18 22 26 26 26
(22) (22)
Pre-positioned installation
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M24
Clearance-hole in fixture to be
attached df [mm] - - 14 14 14 16 16 16 16 16 16 20 20 20 20 24 26 26 28 28 28
In-place installation1)
Non-cracked concrete
Cracked concrete
Use category
df
df
df
df
d0
h0 ttfixfix ttfixfix ttfixfix tfixfix
(OHFWURQLFFRS\RIWKH(7$E\',%W(7$
(OHFWURQLFFRS\RIWKH(7$E\',%W(7$
185
h W-VIZ/S
W-VIZ/S
186
Thread size M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12 M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16 M16 M20 M20 M20 M24 M24 M24
Effective anchorage
hef [mm] 40 50 60 75 75 70 80 95 100 110 125 90 105 125 145 115 170 190 170 200 225
depth
Stressed cross
As [mm²] 18.9 22.9 32.2 32.2 43.0 62.2 69.4 69.4 77.0 77.0 77.0 111.2 120.8 141.0 141.0 162.9 237.8 237.8 280.6 280.6 280.6
section
Section Modulus W [mm³] 11.6 15.5 25.7 25.7 39.8 69.2 81.5 81.5 95.3 95.3 95.3 165.4 187.2 236.2 236.2 293.1 517.2 517.2 662.8 662.8 662.8
Yield strength fy [N/mm²] 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 400 640 640 640 640 640
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M24
Tensile strength fu [N/mm²] 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 560 800 800 800 800 800
Mechanical characteristics
Stressed cross
As [mm²] 36.6 36.6 58.0 58.0 84.3 84.3 84.3 84.3 84.3 84.3 84.3 157.0 157.0 157.0 157.0 245.0 245.0 245.0 352.0 352.0 352.0
section
Section Modulus W [mm³] 31.2 31.2 62.3 62.3 109.2 109.2 109.2 109.2 109.2 109.2 109.2 277.5 277.5 277.5 277.5 540.9 540.9 540.9 931.5 931.5 931.5
W-VIZ-A/S AND W-VIZ-A/F
Yield strength fy [N/mm²] 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 400 640 640 640 640 640
Tensile strength fu [N/mm²] 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 560 800 800 800 800 800
Design bending
M0Rd,s [Nm] 24 24 48 48 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 213 213 213 213 280 415 415 717 717 717
moment
• Europ
Benefits:
Material specification of anchor
Designation Material
Steel, zinc plated
Anchor rod Steel acc. to EN 10087,
galvanised and coated
Hexagon nut DIN 934 Property class acc. to 8 EN ISO 898-2,
galvanised
Washer Steel,
galvanised
Mortar cartridge Vinylester resin, styrene free, mixing ration 1:10
Steel, hot-dip galvanised ≥ 40μm
Anchor rod Steel acc. to EN 10087,
hot-dip galvanised and coated
Hexagon nut DIN 934 Property class acc. to 8 EN ISO 898-2,
hot-dip galvanised
Washer Steel,
galvanised
Mortar cartridge Vinylester resin, styrene free, mixing ration 1:10
W-VIZ/S
187
W-VIZ-A/S AND W-VIZ-A/F
Properties of adhesive
Temperature range Base material Maximum long term base Maximum short term base
temperature material temperature material temperature
Temperature range I -40 °C to +80 °C +50 °C +80 °C
Temperature range II -40 °C to +120 °C +72 °C
Benefits: +120 °C
• Europ
Property Testing method Results
Stability
UV-resistance (sunlight) not resistant
Temperature resistance 120 °C
Water resistancy resistant
Cleaning agents 1% tenside solution: no effects
Physical properties
Flexural Properties Flexural strength DIN EN 196-1 after 24 hours: 19.2 N/mm2
Compressive Properties Compressive strength DIN EN 196-1 after 24 hours: ≥ 96.1 N/mm2
Dynamic Modulus of DIN EN 12504-4 after 24 hours: 13.79 GPa
Elasticity
Thermal conductivity Modified transient plane source method 0.88 / 0.82 W/mK
Specific contact resistance IEC 93 4.8 x 109 Ωcm
Density DIN 53479 1.74 ± 0.1 g/cm3
Workability features
Watertightness / DIN EN 12390-8 after 72 hours at 5bar: 0mm
W-VIZ/S
Impermeability
Open time (10-20°C) 6 min
Curing time (10-20°C) 80 min
Shelf life 18 months
For information use only. Values are not to be considered as a specification and do not reflect the performance of the system. The given values are
typical values and are subject to change without notice.
188
Working time and curing time
WIT--VM100
Temperature Gelling - working time Minimum Curing time Minimum Curing time
of Concrete in dry concrete in wet concrete
-5°C 90 min 6h 12 h
-4°C bis -1°C 45 min 6h 12 h
0°C bis 4°C 20 min 3h 6h
5°C bis 9°C 12 min 2h 4h
10°C bis 19°C 6 min 80 min 160 min
20°C bis 29°C 4 min 45 min 90 min
30°C bis 34°C 2 min 25 min 50 min
35°C bis 39°C 1.4 min 20 min 40 min
40°C 1.4 min 15 min 30 min
1)
Cartridge temperature must be at min. 5°C.
WIT-EXPRESS
Temperature Gelling - working time Minimum Curing time Minimum Curing time
of Concrete in dry concrete in wet concrete
-5°C 40 min 4h 8h
-4°C bis -1°C 20 min 4h 8h
0°C bis 4°C 10 min 2h 4h
5°C bis 9°C 6 min 1h 2h
W-VIZ/S
10°C bis 19°C 3 min 40 min 80 min
20°C bis 29°C 1 min 20 min 40 min
30°C 1 min 10 min 20 min
1)
Cartridge temperature must be at min. 5°C.
189
W-VIZ-A/S AND W-VIZ-A/F
Installation instruction
Hammer drilling
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M24
Installation Control
Choose the right tools. Benefits: There is a clearly defined set of tools
• Europ for producing a safe fixture: drilling ma-
chine, drill bit, hand-pump, brush, brush
diameter gauge.
(See table „Accessories“).
Check availability of those system tools
before starting.
Drill hole to the required embedment depth with a hammer Working length of drill bit must be
drill set in rotation-hammer mode using an appropriately bigger than the given drill hole
sized carbide drill bit. depth.
(For drill bit diameter and drill hole depth (see table
„Anchor characteristics“).
Blow out at least 2x from the back of the bore hole until The compressed air without oil.
return air stream is free of noticeable dust.
The hand-pump can be used for anchor sizes up to bore
hole diameter 18 mm. For bore holes larger than 18 mm
compressed air (min. 6 bar) must be used.
W-VIZ/S
Brush 2x with the specified brush size by inserting the The brush must produce natural
brush to the back of the hole in a twisting motion and resistance as it enters the drill hole
removing it. - if not, the brush is too small and
If the back of the hole is not reached with the brush, must be replaced with the proper
a brush extension shall be used. brush diameter (use the brush
diameter gauge).
Blow out at least 2x from the back of the bore hole until
return air stream is free of noticeable dust.
The hand-pump can be used for anchor sizes up to bore
hole diameter 18 mm. For bore holes larger than 18 mm
compressed air (min. 6 bar) must be used.
Check expiration date on WIT-VM 100 or WIT-EXPRESS Only use mixing nozzle and
cartridge. Tightly attach mixing nozzle to cartridge. dispensing gun of the system.
Place the cartridge into dispensing gun.
Do not modify the mixing nozzle.
190
Discard initial adhesive. An initial amount of 10cm
adhesive has to be discarded.
Visual check if resin is evenly in colour.
For every working interruption longer than the
recommended working time as well as for new cartridges,
a new mixing nozzle shall be used.
(see table „Working and cure times“).
Inject the adhesive starting at the back of the hole, Marking the mixing nozzle makes
slowly withdrawing the mixer with each trigger pull. it easier to fill every hole with the
Fill holes approximately 2/3 full, or as required to ensure same volume.
that the annular gap between the anchor and the concrete
is completely filled with adhesive along the embedment
length.
Insert the anchor rod W-VIZ-A by hand, rotating slightly up If these requirements (excess mortar
to the full embedment depth as marked on the anchor rod. and the embedment depth) are not
The anchor rod is properly set when excess mortar seeps maintained, the application has to
from the hole. be renewed.
For overhead installation fix
embedded part (e.g.wedges).
W-VIZ/S
Remove excess mortar.
After required curing time, the anchor element can be Check the max. torque by using
loaded. a calibrated torque wrench.
The applied installation torque shall not exceed.
(see table „Anchor characteristic“).
191
W-VIZ-A/S AND W-VIZ-A/F
Diamond core drilling
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M24
Installation Control
Drill hole to the required embedment depth with a Working length of drill bit must be
diamond drill bit. bigger than the given drill hole
(for drill bit diameter and drill hole depth see table depth.
„Anchor characteristics“).
Remove drill core at least up to the nominal hole depth
and check drill hole depth.
Flush drill hole with water, starting from the bottom, until
clear water gets out of the drill hole.
W-VIZ/S
Blow out at least 2x from the back of the bore hole until
return air stream is free of noticeable dust.
(use compressed air min. 6 bar)
If the back of the bore hole is not reached an extension
shall be used.
Check expiration date on WIT-VM 100 or WIT-EXPRESS Only use mixing nozzle and
cartridge. Tightly attach mixing nozzle to cartridge. dispensing gun of the system.
Place the cartridge into dispensing gun.
Do not modify the mixing nozzle.
192
Discard initial adhesive.
An initial amount of 10cm adhesive has to be discarded.
Visual check if resin is evenly in colour.
For every working interruption longer than the
recommended working time as well as for new cartridges,
a new mixing nozzle shall be used.
(see table „Working and cure times“).
Inject the adhesive starting at the back of the hole, slowly Marking the mixing nozzle makes
withdrawing the mixer with each trigger pull. it easier to fill every hole with the
Fill holes approximately 2/3 full, or as required to ensure same volume.
that the annular gap between the anchor and the concrete
is completely filled with adhesive along the embedment
length.
Insert the anchor rod W-VIZ-A by hand, rotating slightly up If these requirements (excess mortar
to the full embedment depth as marked on the anchor rod. and the embedment depth) are not
The anchor rod is properly set when excess mortar seeps maintained, the application has to
from the hole. be renewed.
For overhead installation fix
embedded part (e.g.wedges).
W-VIZ/S
After required curing time, the anchor element can be Check the max. torque by using a
loaded. calibrated torque wrench.
The applied installation torque shall not exceed.
(see table „Anchor characteristic“).
193
W-VIZ-A/S AND W-VIZ-A/F
Filling Quantity
194
Accessoires
Hammer Drills
Drill Bits
W-VIZ/S
Brush
Blow-out (manual)
195
W-VIZ-A/S AND W-VIZ-A/F
Compressed-air cleaning
Injecting
196
Chemical resistance
W-VIZ/S
Potassium chlorite, aqueous solution all ●
Potassium nitrate, aqueous solution all ●
Sodium Chloride, aqueous solution all ●
Sodium phosphate, aqueous solution all ●
Sodium silicate all ●
Sulfuric acid <50 ●
Tartaric acid ●
Toluene ●
Trichloroethylene ●
Ethanol 96 ●
Results shown in the table are applicable to brief periods of chemical contact with full cured adhesive (e.g. temporary contact with adhesive
during a spill).
197
W-VIZ-A/A4 AND W-VIZ-A/HCR
W-VIZ-A/A4
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, cracked
Suitable for:
Stainless steel - A4 (AISI 316): M8 - M24 Concrete C12/15, Natural stone with dense structure
W-VIZ-A/HCR Benefits:
• Europ
Benefits:
• The cost-efficient anchor with its small anchorage
Stainless steel - A4 (AISI 316): M8 - M24 depth is designed to anchor high loading capacities.
• The injected mortar seals the drill hole and thus avoids
WIT-VM100 WIT-EXPRESS corrosion.
• All the many approvals guarantee its reliable function
for all applications even in cracked and non-cracked
concrete.
• Because of the optimized unit of cone bolt and
adhesive the cleaning efforts are low and
consequently the installation is speedily and safely
finished.
Applications
W-VIZ/A4
LEED
tested
198
Basic loading data (for a single anchor)
All data in this section applies to: • Bonding expansion system W-VIZ consists of an
• Correct setting (See setting instruction). anchor rod W-VIZ-A/A4 or W-VIZ-A/HCR and
• No edge distance and spacing influence. injection mortar WIT-VM100 or WIT-EXPRESS.
• Base material thickness, as specified in the table. • Temperate range I (min. base material temperature
• Embedment depth, as specified in the table. -40°C, max. long term/short term base material
• Anchor material, as specified in the tables. temperature: +50°C/80°C).
• Concrete C 20/25, fck.cube = 25 N/mm², • Dry or wet conditions of drill hole, hammer and
Concrete C 50/60, fck.cube = 60 N/mm². diamond core drilling.
• Installation temperature range +5°C to +40°C.
W-VIZ/A4
Thread size M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16
Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 95 100 110 125 90 105 125
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C25/30 Nu,m [kN] 66.6 67.4 67.4 67.4 68.1 88.6 114.0
Shear ≥ C25/30 Vu,m [kN] 40.5 40.5 40.5 40.5 75.4 75.4 75.4
Cracked concrete
Tensile C25/30 Nu,m [kN] 51.6 67.2 67.2 67.2 49.0 74.8 108.7
Shear ≥ C25/30 Vu,m [kN] 40.5 40.5 40.5 40.5 75.4 75.4 75.4
199
W-VIZ-A/A4 AND W-VIZ-A/HCR
Characteristic resistance
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 33.4 36.1 41.6 50.4 30.8 38.8 50.4
C50/60 NRk [kN] 34.5 37.3 38.0 38.0 31.8 40.1 52.1
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 34.0 34.0 34.0 34.0 61.6 63.0 63.0
200
Design resistance
W-VIZ/A4
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 27.2 27.2 27.2 27.2 41.1 50.4 50.4
201
W-VIZ-A/A4 AND W-VIZ-A/HCR
Recommended / Allowable loads 1)
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M12
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 24.7 26.6 27.1 27.1 22.7 28.6 37.2
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 19.4 19.4 19.4 19.4 29.3 36.0 36.0
202
Design Method (simplified)
Simplified version of the design method according ETAG 001. Design resistance according data
given in ETA-04/0095, issue 2013-06-13:
• Influence of concrete strength.
• Influence of edge distance.
• Influence of spacing.
• Valid for a group of anchors. (The influencing factors must then be considered for each edge distance and spacing.
The calculated design loads are then on the save side. They will be lower than the exact values according
ETAG 001, Annex C. To avoid this, it is recommended to use the anchor design software of Würth).
• The design method is based on the following simplification: No different loads are acting on individual anchors
(no eccentricity).
• Bonding expansion system W-VIZ consists of an anchor rod W-VIZ-A/A4 or W-VIZ-A/HCR and injection mortar
WIT-VM100 or WIT-EXPRESS.
• Temperate range I (min. base material temperature -40°C, max. long term/short term base material temperature:
+50°C/80°C).
• Dry or wet conditions of drill hole, hammer and diamond core drilling.
• Installation temperature range +5°C to +40°C.
Tension loading
The decisive design resistance in tension is the lowest value of the following failure modes:
Steel failure:
W-VIZ/A4
Concrete cone failure:
204
Basic design concrete cone resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M12
W-VIZ/A4
N0Rd,c [kN] 58.8 41.5 74.6 88.2 74.6 95.2 113.6
N 0
Rd,sp
[kN] 40.0 41.5 74.6 76.7 74.6 95.2 93.3
Cracked concrete
N0Rd,c [kN] 42.0 29.7 53.3 63.0 53.3 68.0 81.2
205
W-VIZ-A/A4 AND W-VIZ-A/HCR
Concrete cone failure
Number of
fixing per s/scr,N1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
2 fsx, fsy 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
3 fsx, fsy 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
4 fsx, fsy 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5 fsx, fsy 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.
206
Concrete cone failure - Influence of edge distance
;
c/ccr,N 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
fcx,1 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
fcx,2
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy
W-VIZ/A4
ccr,sp [mm] 142.5 150.0 165.0 187.5 135.0 157.5 187.5
hmin [mm] 190 200 220 250 180 200 250
207
W-VIZ-A/A4 AND W-VIZ-A/HCR
Concrete splitting failure - Influence of spacing
Number of
fixing per s/scr,sp1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
Benefits:
• Europ
2 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
3 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
4 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.
;
c/ccr,sp 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
fcx,1,sp 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
fcx,2,sp
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy,sp
W-VIZ/A4
h/hmin 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.20 2.30 2.40 2.50 2.60 2.70 2.80 ≥2.90
fh 1.00 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.25 1.31 1.37 1.42 1.48 1.53 1.59 1.64 1.69 1.74 1.79 1.84 1.89 1.94 1.99 2.00
Shear loading
The decisive design resistance in shear is the lowest value of the following failure modes:
Steel failure:
208
Design steel resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M12
W-VIZ/A4
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M12 - M16
Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all
directions . For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be
calculated. The smallest value should be used in the verification.
209
W-VIZ-A/A4 AND W-VIZ-A/HCR
Basic design concrete edge resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M12
160 22.5 15.9 23.1 16.3 24.1 17.0 24.8 17.6 24.8 17.6 25.0 17.7 18.1 18.1
170 24.4 17.3 25.1 17.8 26.2 18.5 27.0 19.1 27.0 19.1 27.2 19.3 19.6 19.6
180 26.5 18.8 27.2 19.2 28.3 20.0 29.2 20.7 29.2 20.7 29.4 20.8 21.2 21.2
190 28.6 20.2 29.3 20.8 30.5 21.6 31.4 22.2 31.4 22.2 31.6 22.4 22.8 22.8
200 30.7 21.8 31.5 22.3 32.7 23.2 33.7 23.9 33.7 23.9 34.0 24.0 24.5 24.5
250 42.1 29.8 43.0 30.5 44.6 31.6 45.8 32.5 45.8 32.5 46.2 32.7 33.3 33.3
300 54.5 38.6 55.7 39.4 57.6 40.8 59.1 41.8 59.1 41.8 59.4 42.1 42.8 42.8
350 67.9 48.1 69.3 49.1 71.5 50.7 73.2 51.9 73.2 51.9 73.7 52.2 53.0 53.0
400 82.1 58.2 83.7 59.3 86.3 61.2 88.3 62.5 88.3 62.5 88.8 62.9 63.8 63.8
450 97.2 68.8 99.0 70.1 102.0 72.2 104.2 73.8 104.2 73.8 104.8 74.2 75.3 75.3
500 113.0 80.0 115.0 81.5 118.4 83.8 120.9 85.6 120.9 85.6 121.5 86.1 87.2 87.2
550 129.6 91.8 131.8 93.4 135.5 96.0 138.3 97.9 138.3 97.9 139.0 98.5 99.8 99.8
600 146.8 104.0 149.3 105.8 153.4 108.6 156.4 110.8 156.4 110.8 157.2 111.4 112.8 112.8
650 171.9 121.8 175.2 124.1 175.2 124.1 176.1 124.7 126.3 126.3
700 191.1 135.3 194.6 137.9 194.6 137.9 195.6 138.5 140.2 140.2
750 214.7 152.1 214.7 152.1 215.7 152.8 154.6 154.6
800 236.5 167.5 169.4 169.4
210
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M12 - M16
55 4.6 4.6 4.7 4.7 4.8 4.8 4.9 4.9 4.8 4.8 5.0
60 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.3 5.3 5.4 5.4 5.3 5.3 5.6 5.6 5.8 5.8
65 5.7 5.7 5.8 5.8 5.9 5.9 6.0 6.0 5.9 5.9 6.1 6.1 6.4 6.4
70 6.3 6.3 6.4 6.4 6.5 6.5 6.6 6.6 6.5 6.5 6.7 6.7 7.1 7.1
75 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 7.1 7.1 7.2 7.2 7.1 7.1 7.4 7.4 7.7 7.7
80 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.7 7.7 7.8 7.8 7.7 7.7 8.0 8.0 8.3 8.3
85 8.1 8.1 8.2 8.2 8.3 8.3 8.4 8.4 8.3 8.3 8.6 8.6 9.0 9.0
90 8.7 8.7 8.8 8.8 9.0 9.0 9.1 9.1 9.0 9.0 9.3 9.3 9.7 9.7
95 9.3 9.3 9.4 9.4 9.6 9.6 9.7 9.7 9.6 9.6 9.9 9.9 10.3 10.3
100 10.0 10.0 10.1 10.1 10.3 10.3 10.4 10.4 10.3 10.3 10.6 10.6 11.0 11.0
110 11.3 11.3 11.4 11.4 11.6 11.6 11.7 11.7 11.6 11.6 12.0 12.0 12.5 12.5
120 12.7 12.7 12.8 12.8 13.0 13.0 13.2 13.2 13.0 13.0 13.4 13.4 13.9 13.9
130 14.1 14.1 14.2 14.2 14.5 14.5 14.6 14.6 14.5 14.5 14.9 14.9 15.4 15.4
140 15.5 15.5 15.7 15.7 16.0 16.0 16.1 16.1 16.0 16.0 16.4 16.4 17.0 17.0
150 17.1 17.1 17.2 17.2 17.5 17.5 17.7 17.7 17.5 17.5 18.0 18.0 18.6 18.6
160 18.6 18.6 18.7 18.7 19.1 19.1 19.2 19.2 19.1 19.1 19.6 19.6 20.2 20.2
170 20.2 20.2 20.3 20.3 20.7 20.7 20.9 20.9 20.7 20.7 21.2 21.2 21.9 21.9
180 21.8 21.8 22.0 22.0 22.3 22.3 22.5 22.5 22.3 22.3 22.9 22.9 23.6 23.6
190 23.4 23.4 23.6 23.6 24.0 24.0 24.2 24.2 24.0 24.0 24.6 24.6 25.4 25.4
200 25.1 25.1 25.3 25.3 25.7 25.7 25.9 25.9 25.7 25.7 26.3 26.3 27.1 27.1
W-VIZ/A4
250 34.0 34.0 34.3 34.3 34.8 34.8 35.1 35.1 34.8 34.8 35.6 35.6 36.6 36.6
300 43.7 43.7 44.0 44.0 44.6 44.6 44.9 44.9 44.6 44.6 45.5 45.5 46.7 46.7
350 54.1 54.1 54.4 54.4 55.1 55.1 55.5 55.5 55.1 55.1 56.2 56.2 57.6 57.6
400 65.1 65.1 65.5 65.5 66.2 66.2 66.7 66.7 66.2 66.2 67.5 67.5 69.1 69.1
450 76.7 76.7 77.1 77.1 77.9 77.9 78.5 78.5 78.0 78.0 79.4 79.4 81.2 81.2
500 88.8 88.8 89.3 89.3 90.2 90.2 90.9 90.9 90.3 90.3 91.9 91.9 93.8 93.8
550 101.5 101.5 102.0 102.0 103.1 103.1 103.8 103.8 103.1 103.1 104.9 104.9 107.0 107.0
600 114.7 114.7 115.3 115.3 116.4 116.4 117.2 117.2 116.4 116.4 118.4 118.4 120.7 120.7
650 128.3 128.3 129.0 129.0 130.2 130.2 131.1 131.1 130.3 130.3 132.4 132.4 134.9 134.9
700 142.4 142.4 143.1 143.1 144.5 144.5 145.4 145.4 144.5 144.5 146.8 146.8 149.6 149.6
750 157.0 157.0 157.8 157.8 159.2 159.2 160.2 160.2 159.3 159.3 161.7 161.7 164.7 164.7
800 172.0 172.0 172.8 172.8 174.3 174.3 175.5 175.5 174.4 174.4 177.0 177.0 180.2 180.2
850 187.4 187.4 188.3 188.3 189.9 189.9 191.1 191.1 190.0 190.0 192.8 192.8 196.2 196.2
900 203.2 203.2 204.1 204.1 205.8 205.8 207.2 207.2 205.9 205.9 208.9 208.9 212.5 212.5
950 219.4 219.4 220.4 220.4 222.2 222.2 223.6 223.6 222.3 222.3 225.5 225.5 229.2 229.2
1000 237.0 237.0 238.9 238.9 240.4 240.4 239.1 239.1 242.4 242.4 246.4 246.4
1100 273.5 273.5 275.2 275.2 281.7 281.7
1200 311.3 311.3 318.5 318.5
211
W-VIZ-A/A4 AND W-VIZ-A/HCR
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M16 - M24
400 70.5 70.5 69.8 69.8 74.7 74.7 76.1 76.1 75.5 75.5 77.6 77.6 78.5 78.5
450 82.7 82.7 82.0 82.0 87.5 87.5 89.0 89.0 88.4 88.4 90.7 90.7 91.7 91.7
500 95.6 95.6 94.7 94.7 100.9 100.9 102.6 102.6 101.8 101.8 104.4 104.4 105.5 105.5
550 108.9 108.9 108.0 108.0 114.8 114.8 116.6 116.6 115.8 115.8 118.6 118.6 119.9 119.9
600 122.8 122.8 121.8 121.8 129.2 129.2 131.2 131.2 130.3 130.3 133.4 133.4 134.7 134.7
650 137.2 137.2 136.1 136.1 144.1 144.1 146.3 146.3 145.3 145.3 148.6 148.6 150.1 150.1
700 152.0 152.0 150.8 150.8 159.4 159.4 161.8 161.8 160.7 160.7 164.3 164.3 165.9 165.9
750 167.3 167.3 166.0 166.0 175.3 175.3 177.8 177.8 176.7 176.7 180.5 180.5 182.2 182.2
800 183.0 183.0 181.7 181.7 191.5 191.5 194.2 194.2 193.0 193.0 197.1 197.1 198.9 198.9
850 199.1 199.1 197.7 197.7 208.2 208.2 211.0 211.0 209.8 209.8 214.1 214.1 216.1 216.1
900 215.6 215.6 214.2 214.2 225.3 225.3 228.3 228.3 227.0 227.0 231.6 231.6 233.6 233.6
950 232.6 232.6 231.0 231.0 242.8 242.8 245.9 245.9 244.6 244.6 249.4 249.4 251.6 251.6
1000 249.9 249.9 248.3 248.3 260.6 260.6 264.0 264.0 262.5 262.5 267.6 267.6 269.9 269.9
1100 285.6 285.6 283.8 283.8 297.5 297.5 301.2 301.2 299.6 299.6 305.2 305.2 307.7 307.7
1200 322.8 322.8 320.8 320.8 335.8 335.8 339.8 339.8 338.1 338.1 344.2 344.2 347.0 347.0
1300 361.3 361.3 359.2 359.2 375.4 375.4 379.8 379.8 377.9 377.9 384.6 384.6 387.6 387.6
1400 401.1 401.1 416.4 416.4 421.1 421.1 419.1 419.1 426.3 426.3 429.6 429.6
1500 458.6 458.6 463.7 463.7 461.6 461.6 469.2 469.2 472.8 472.8
1600 502.1 502.1 507.5 507.5 505.2 505.2 513.4 513.4 517.3 517.3
1700 546.7 546.7 552.5 552.5 550.1 550.1 558.8 558.8 562.9 562.9
1800 598.6 598.6 605.3 605.3 609.7 609.7
1900 645.9 645.9 653.0 653.0 657.6 657.6
2000 701.7 701.7 706.6 706.6
2100 756.7 756.7
2200 807.8 807.8
212
Influence of concrete strength
1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.
α1) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
fα,V 1.00 1.01 1.05 1.13 1.24 1.40 1.64 1.97 2.32 2.50
1)
For α ≥ 90° the component of the shear load acting away from the edge may be neglected and the verification may
be done with component acting parallel to the edge only.
W-VIZ/A4
Influence of spacing
In groups loaded perpendicular to the edge only two adjacent anchors closest and parallel to the edge carry the load.
The smallest spacing should be used for the verification.
s/c11) 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60 2.80 3.00
fs.V 1.17 1.20 1.23 1.27 1.30 1.33 1.40 1.47 1.53 1.60 1.67 1.73 1.80 1.87 1.93 2.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in the row closest to the edge.
213
W-VIZ-A/A4 AND W-VIZ-A/HCR
Influence of concrete member thickness
h/c1 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 ≥ 1.50
fh,V 0.26 0.37 0.45 0.52 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.97 1.00
Benefits:
• Europ
Structural Verification
Tension
Shear
214
Thread size M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12 M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16 M16 M20 M20 M20 M24 M24 M24
Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 40 50 60 75 75 70 80 95 100 110 125 90 105 125 145 115 170 190 170 200 225
Drill depth h0 [mm] 42 55 65 80 80 75 85 100 105 115 130 98 113 133 153 120 180 200 185 215 240
Page 13 of European technical approval
Drill hole depth for through Page 13 of European technical approval
ETA-04/0095
td [mm]
of 13 June 2013 - -
ETA-04/0095 of 13 June 2013 td = h0 + tfix
fixing
English translation prepared by DIBt English translation prepared by DIBt
Brush diameter D≥ [mm] 10.8 10.8 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 23.0 25.0 25.0 27.0 27.0 27.0
Clearance-hole in fixture to be
24 24
Anchor characteristics
attached df [mm] 9 9 12 12 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 18 18 18 18 22 26 26 26
(22) (22)
Pre-positioned installation
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M24
Clearance-hole in fixture to be
attached df [mm] - - 14 14 14 16 16 16 16 16 16 20 20 20 20 24 26 26 28 28 28
In-place installation1)
Non-cracked concrete
Cracked concrete
Use category
df
df
df
df
d0
h0 ttfixfix ttfixfix ttfixfix tfixfix
(OHFWURQLFFRS\RIWKH(7$E\',%W(7$
(OHFWURQLFFRS\RIWKH(7$E\',%W(7$
215
h W-VIZ/A4
W-VIZ/A4
216
Thread size M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12 M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16 M16 M20 M20 M20 M24 M24 M24
Effective anchorage
hef [mm] 40 50 60 75 75 70 80 95 100 110 125 90 105 125 145 115 170 190 170 200 225
depth
Stressed cross section As [mm²] 18.9 22.9 32.2 32.2 43.0 62.2 69.4 69.4 77.0 77.0 77.0 111.2 120.8 141.0 141.0 162.9 237.8 237.8 280.6 280.6 280.6
Section Modulus W [mm³] 11.6 15.5 25.7 25.7 39.8 69.2 81.5 81.5 95.3 95.3 95.3 165.4 187.2 236.2 236.2 293.1 517.2 517.2 662.8 662.8 662.8
Yield strength fy [N/mm²] 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 560 560 560 560 560 560
Tensile strength fu [N/mm²] 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 700 700 700 700 700 700
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M24
Stressed cross section As [mm²] 36.6 36.6 58.0 58.0 84.3 84.3 84.3 84.3 84.3 84.3 84.3 157.0 157.0 157.0 157.0 245.0 245.0 245.0 352.0 352.0 352.0
Section Modulus W [mm³] 31.2 31.2 62.3 62.3 109.2 109.2 109.2 109.2 109.2 109.2 109.2 277.5 277.5 277.5 277.5 540.9 540.9 540.9 931.5 931.5 931.5
Yield strength fy [N/mm²] 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 560 560 560 560 560 560
Tensile strength fu [N/mm²] 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 700 700 700 700 700 700
Design bending
[Nm] 24 24 48 48 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 213 213 213 213 324 363 363 627 627 627
W-VIZ-A/A4 AND W-VIZ-A/HCR
moment M0Rd,s
• Europ
Benefits:
Material specification of anchor
Designation Material
Stainless steel A4
Anchor rod Stainless steel 1.4401, 1.4404, 1.4571 or 1.4362, EN 10088,
coated
Hexagon nut DIN 934 Property class 70, ISO 3506, EN 10088
1.4401 or 1.4571
Washer Stainless Steel, EN 10088
1.4401 or 1.4571
Mortar cartridge Vinylester resin, styrene free, mixing ration 1:10
High corrosion resistant steel (HCR)
Anchor rod High corrosion resistant steel 1.4529 or 1.4565, EN 10088,
coated
Hexagon nut DIN 934 Property class 70, ISO 3506, EN 10088,
high corrosion resistant steel 1.4529 or 1.4565
Washer High corrosion resistant steel, EN 10088
1.4529 or 1.4565
Mortar cartridge Vinylester resin, styrene free, mixing ration 1:10
W-VIZ/A4
217
W-VIZ-A/A4 AND W-VIZ-A/HCR
Properties of adhesive
Temperature range Base material Maximum long term base Maximum short term base
temperature material temperature material temperature
Temperature range I -40 °C to +80 °C +50 °C +80 °C
Temperature range II -40 °C to +120 °C +72 °C
Benefits: +120 °C
• Europ
Property Testing method Results
Stability
UV-resistance (sunlight) not resistant
Temperature resistance 120 °C
Water resistancy resistant
Cleaning agents 1% tenside solution: no effects
Physical properties
Flexural Properties Flexural strength DIN EN 196-1 after 24 hours: 19.2 N/mm2
Compressive Properties Compressive strength DIN EN 196-1 after 24 hours: ≥ 96.1 N/mm2
Dynamic Modulus of DIN EN 12504-4 after 24 hours: 13.79 GPa
Elasticity
Thermal conductivity Modified transient plane source method 0.88 / 0.82 W/mK
Specific contact resistance IEC 93 4.8 x 109 Ωcm
Density DIN 53479 1.74 ± 0.1 g/cm3
Workability features
W-VIZ/A4
218
Working time and curing time
WIT-VM 100
Temperature Gelling - working time Minimum Curing time Minimum Curing time
of Concrete in dry concrete in wet concrete
-5°C 90 min 6h 12 h
-4°C bis -1°C 45 min 6h 12 h
0°C bis 4°C 20 min 3h 6h
5°C bis 9°C 12 min 2h 4h
10°C bis 19°C 6 min 80 min 160 min
20°C bis 29°C 4 min 45 min 90 min
30°C bis 34°C 2 min 25 min 50 min
35°C bis 39°C 1.4 min 20 min 40 min
40°C 1.4 min 15 min 30 min
1)
Cartridge temperature must be at min. 5°C.
WIT-Express
Temperature Gelling - working time Minimum Curing time Minimum Curing time
of Concrete in dry concrete in wet concrete
-5°C 40 min 4h 8h
-4°C bis -1°C 20 min 4h 8h
0°C bis 4°C 10 min 2h 4h
W-VIZ/A4
5°C bis 9°C 6 min 1h 2h
10°C bis 19°C 3 min 40 min 80 min
20°C bis 29°C 1 min 20 min 40 min
30°C 1 min 10 min 20 min
1)
Cartridge temperature must be at min. 5°C.
219
W-VIZ-A/A4 AND W-VIZ-A/HCR
Installation instruction
Hammer drilling
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M24
Installation Control
Choose the right tools. Benefits: There is a clearly defined set of tools
• Europ for producing a safe fixture: drilling
machine, drill bit, hand-pump, brush,
brush diameter gauge.
(See table „Accessories“)
Check availability of those system tools
before starting.
Drill hole to the required embedment depth with a hammer Working length of drill bit must be
drill set in rotation-hammer mode using an appropriately bigger than the given drill hole
sized carbide drill bit. depth.
(For drill bit diameter and drill hole depth see table
„Anchor characteristics“)
Blow out at least 2x from the back of the bore hole until The compressed air without oil.
return air stream is free of noticeable dust.
The hand-pump can be used for anchor sizes up to bore
hole diameter 18 mm. For bore holes larger than 18 mm
compressed air (min. 6 bar) must be used.
W-VIZ/A4
Brush 2x with the specified brush size by inserting the The brush must produce natural
brush to the back of the hole in a twisting motion and resistance as it enters the drill hole
removing it. - if not, the brush is too small and
If the back of the hole is not reached with the brush, must be replaced with the proper
a brush extension shall be used. brush diameter (use the brush
diameter gauge).
Blow out at least 2x from the back of the bore hole until
return air stream is free of noticeable dust.
The hand-pump can be used for anchor sizes up to bore
hole diameter 18 mm. For bore holes larger than 18 mm
compressed air (min. 6 bar) must be used.
Check expiration date on WIT-VM 100 or WIT-EXPRESS Only use mixing nozzle and
cartridge. Tightly attach mixing nozzle to cartridge. dispensing gun of the system.
Place the cartridge into dispensing gun.
Do not modify the mixing nozzle.
220
Discard initial adhesive. An initial amount of 10cm
adhesive has to be discarded.
Visual check if resin is evenly in colour.
For every working interruption longer than the
recommended working time as well as for new cartridges,
a new mixing nozzle shall be used.
(see table „Working and cure times“)
Inject the adhesive starting at the back of the hole, slowly Marking the mixing nozzle makes
withdrawing the mixer with each trigger pull. it easier to fill every hole with the
Fill holes approximately 2/3 full, or as required to ensure same volume.
that the annular gap between the anchor and the concrete
is completely filled with adhesive along the embedment
length.
Insert the anchor rod W-VIZ-A by hand, rotating slightly up If these requirements (excess mortar
to the full embedment depth as marked on the anchor rod. and the embedment depth) are not
The anchor rod is properly set when excess mortar seeps maintained, the application has to
from the hole. be renewed.
For overhead installation fix
embedded part (e.g.wedges).
W-VIZ/A4
Remove excess mortar.
After required curing time, the anchor element can be Check the max. torque by using a
loaded. calibrated torque wrench.
The applied installation torque shall not exceed.
(see table „Anchor characteristic“).
221
W-VIZ-A/A4 AND W-VIZ-A/HCR
Diamond core drilling
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M24
Installation Control
Drill hole to the required embedment depth with a Working length of drill bit must be
diamond drill bit. bigger than the given drill hole
(for drill bit diameter and drill hole depth see table depth.
„Anchor characteristics“).
Remove drill core at least up to the nominal hole depth
and check drill hole depth.
Flush drill hole with water, starting from the bottom, until
clear water gets out of the drill hole.
W-VIZ/A4
Blow out at least 2x from the back of the bore hole until
return air stream is free of noticeable dust.
(use compressed air min. 6 bar)
If the back of the bore hole is not reached an extension
shall be used.
Check expiration date on WIT-VM 100 or WIT-EXPRESS Only use mixing nozzle and
cartridge. Tightly attach mixing nozzle to cartridge. dispensing gun of the system.
Place the cartridge into dispensing gun.
Do not modify the mixing nozzle.
222
Discard initial adhesive.
An initial amount of 10cm adhesive has to be discarded.
Visual check if resin is evenly in colour.
For every working interruption longer than the
recommended working time as well as for new cartridges,
a new mixing nozzle shall be used.
(see table „Working and cure times“).
Inject the adhesive starting at the back of the hole, slowly Marking the mixing nozzle makes
withdrawing the mixer with each trigger pull. it easier to fill every hole with the
Fill holes approximately 2/3 full, or as required to ensure same volume.
that the annular gap between the anchor and the concrete
is completely filled with adhesive along the embedment
length.
Insert the anchor rod W-VIZ-A by hand, rotating slightly up If these requirements (excess mortar
to the full embedment depth as marked on the anchor rod. and the embedment depth) are not
The anchor rod is properly set when excess mortar seeps maintained, the application has to
from the hole. be renewed.
For overhead installation fix
embedded part (e.g.wedges).
W-VIZ/A4
After required curing time, the anchor element can be Check the max. torque by using a
loaded. calibrated torque wrench.
The applied installation torque shall not exceed.
(see table „Anchor characteristic“).
223
W-VIZ-A/A4 AND W-VIZ-A/HCR
Filling Quantity
224
Accessoires
Hammer Drills
Drill Bits
W-VIZ/A4
Brush
Blow-out (manual)
225
W-VIZ-A/A4 AND W-VIZ-A/HCR
Compressed-air cleaning
Injecting
226
Chemical resistance
W-VIZ/A4
Potassium carbonate, aqueous solution all ●
Potassium chlorite, aqueous solution all ●
Potassium nitrate, aqueous solution all ●
Sodium Chloride, aqueous solution all ●
Sodium phosphate, aqueous solution all ●
Sodium silicate all ●
Sulfuric acid <50 ●
Tartaric acid ●
Toluene ●
Trichloroethylene ●
Ethanol 96 ●
Results shown in the table are applicable to brief periods of chemical contact with full cured adhesive (e.g. temporary contact with adhesive
during a spill).
227
BONDED ANCHOR / CAPSULE SYSTEM W-VD
W-VD Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-cracked
Suitable for:
Vinylester resin, quartz sand and hardener
Concrete C12/15, Natural stone with dense structure
Benefits:
W-VD-A/S
• Europ
Benefits:
• The pre-portioned resin volume guarantees always
safe adhesion and thus avoids application errors.
Galvanized (5 microns): M8 - M24
• The short curing time allows to proceed speedily.
• The included setting tool allows always smooth
W-VD-A/F
installations.
• The usability can easily be checked and thus avoids
application errors.
• The capsule can be used as long the resin flows honey
Hot-dipped (≥ 40 microns): M8 - M24 like while shaking it.
W-VD-A/A4
Applications
W-VD-A/HCR
228
Basic loading data (for a single anchor)
All data in this section applies to: • Concrete C 20/25, fck,cube = 25 N/mm².
• Correct setting (See setting instruction). • Temperate range I (min. base material temperature
• No edge distance and spacing influence. -40°C, max. long term/short term base material
• Base material thickness, as specified in the table. temperature: +50°C/80°C).
• Embedment depth, as specified in the table. • Dry or wet conditions of drill hole, hammer drilling.
• Anchor material, as specified in the tables, • Installation temperature range +5°C to +40°C.
steel grade 5.8.
Characteristic resistance
Anchor type: W-VD
Effective anchorage depth hef, typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile ≥ C20/25 NRk [kN] 20.0 30.0 40.0 50.0 75.0 90.0
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 9.2 14.5 21.1 39.2 61.2 88.1
Design resistance
Anchor type: W-VD
W-VD
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 11.1 16.7 22.2 27.8 41.7 50.0
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 7.4 11.6 16.9 31.4 49.0 70.5
229
BONDED ANCHOR / CAPSULE SYSTEM W-VD
Design Method (simplified)
Simplified version of the design method according ETAG 001, Annex C. Design resistance
according data given in ETA-06/0074, issue 2012-06-04:
• Influence of concrete strength.
• Influence of edge distance.
Benefits:
• Influence of spacing.
• Europ
• Valid for a group of anchors. (The influencing factors must then be considered for each edge distance and spacing.
The calculated design loads are then on the save side. They will be lower than the exact values according
ETAG 001, Annex C. To avoid this, it is recommended to use the anchor design software of Würth).
• The design method is based on the following simplification: No different loads are acting on individual anchors
(no eccentricity).
• Temperate range I (min. base material temperature -40°C, max. long term/short term base material temperature:
+50°C/80°C).
• Dry or wet conditions of drill hole, hammer drilling.
• Installation temperature range +5°C to +40°C.
Tension loading
The decisive design resistance in tension is the lowest value of the following failure modes:
Steel failure:
230
Design pull-out resistance of a single anchor
W-VD
hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210
Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd,c [kN] 11.1 16.7 22.2 27.8 41.7 50.0
231
BONDED ANCHOR / CAPSULE SYSTEM W-VD
Concrete cone failure - Influence of spacing
Number of
fixing per s/scr,N1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
Benefits:
2 fsx, fsy 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.750.78 0.80
• Europ 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
3 fsx, fsy 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
4 fsx, fsy 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5 fsx, fsy 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.
c/ccr,N 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
fcx,1 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
fcx,2
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy
232
Concrete splitting failure - Influence of spacing
Number of
fixing per s/scr,sp1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
2 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
3 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
4 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.
;
c/ccr,sp 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
fcx,1, sp 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
fcx,2, sp
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy, sp
W-VD
h/hmin 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.20 2.30 2.40 2.50 2.60 2.70 2.80 ≥2.90
fh 1.00 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.25 1.31 1.37 1.42 1.48 1.53 1.59 1.64 1.69 1.74 1.79 1.84 1.89 1.94 1.99 2.00
233
BONDED ANCHOR / CAPSULE SYSTEM W-VD
Shear loading
The decisive design resistance in shear is the lowest value of the following failure modes:
Steel failure:
k [-] 2 2 2 2 2 2
Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all
directions . For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be
calculated. The smallest value should be used in the verification.
234
Basic design concrete edge resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: W-VD
W-VD
200 32.8 34.1 35.9 38.0 41.9 45.0
250 44.8 46.4 48.6 51.2 56.0 59.8
300 57.8 59.7 62.3 65.5 71.2 75.6
350 71.8 74.0 77.1 80.7 87.4 92.5
400 86.6 89.2 92.7 96.9 104.5 110.3
450 102.3 105.3 109.2 113.9 122.5 129.0
500 118.8 122.1 126.5 131.7 141.2 148.4
550 136.0 139.6 144.5 150.3 160.8 168.6
600 153.9 157.9 163.2 169.5 181.0 189.6
650 172.5 176.9 182.6 189.5 202.0 211.2
700 191.7 196.4 202.7 210.1 223.6 233.5
750 211.6 216.7 223.4 231.4 245.8 256.5
800 232.0 237.5 244.7 253.2 268.7 280.0
850 253.0 258.9 266.6 275.7 292.1 304.2
900 274.6 280.9 289.0 298.7 316.2 329.0
950 296.8 303.4 312.0 322.3 340.8 354.3
1000 326.4 335.6 346.4 365.9 380.1
1100 384.2 396.2 417.8 433.4
1200 434.9 448.0 471.7 488.8
1300 487.4 501.7 527.5 546.1
1400 557.2 585.2 605.2
1500 614.6 644.7 666.2
235
BONDED ANCHOR / CAPSULE SYSTEM W-VD
Influence of load direction
α1) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Benefits:
fα.V 1.00 1.01 1.05 1.13 1.24 1.40 1.64 1.97 2.32 2.50
• Europ
1)
For α ≥ 90° the component of the shear load acting away from the edge may be neglected and the verification may
be done with component acting parallel to the edge only.
Influence of spacing
In groups loaded perpendicular to the edge only two adjacent anchors closest and parallel to the edge carry the load.
The smallest spacing should be used for the verification.
s/c11) 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60 2.80 3.00
fs,V 1.17 1.20 1.23 1.27 1.30 1.33 1.40 1.47 1.53 1.60 1.67 1.73 1.80 1.87 1.93 2.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in the row closest to the edge.
h/c1 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 ≥ 1.50
fh,V 0.26 0.37 0.45 0.52 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.97 1.00
236
Structural Verification
Tension
Shear
W-VD
237
BONDED ANCHOR / CAPSULE SYSTEM W-VD
Anchor characteristics
hmin
∅d0
∅df
238
Mechanical characteristics
steel
Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
grade
Stressed cross
As [mm²] 37 58 84 157 245 352
section
Section
W [mm³] 31 62 109 277 540 933
Modulus
Yield strength fy [N/mm2] 400 400 400 400 400 400
Tensile
fu [N/mm2] 500 500 500 500 500 500
5.8 strength
Design ben-
M0Rd,s [Nm] 15 30 52 133 259 448
ding moment
Yield strength fy [N/mm2] 640 640 640 640 640 640
Tensile
fu [N/mm2] 800 800 800 800 800 800
8.8 strength
Design ben-
M0Rd,s [Nm] 24 48 84 212 415 717
ding moment
Yield strength fy [N/mm2] 450 450 450 450 450 450
fu [N/mm ] 2
700 700 700 700 700 700
A4-70
Design ben-
M0Rd,s [Nm] 17 34 59 149 292 504
ding moment
W-VD
239
BONDED ANCHOR / CAPSULE SYSTEM W-VD
Material specification of anchor
Designation Material
Steel, zinc plated ≥ 5μm, EN ISO 4042
Threaded rod Benefits:
Steel Property class 5.8, 8.8, acc. to EN ISO 898-1
Property class 8, acc. • Europ
to EN ISO 898-2,
Hexagon nut acc. to DIN 934
galvanised
Washer Steel, galvanised
Glass capsule Glass, quarz, resin, hardener
Steel, hot-dip galvanised ≥ 40μm, EN ISO 1461
Threaded rod Steel Property class 5.8, 8.8, acc. to EN ISO 898-1
Property class 8, acc. to EN ISO 898-2,
Hexagon nut acc. to DIN 934
hot-dip galvanised
Washer Steel, hot-dip galvanised
Glass capsule Glass, quarz, resin, hardener
Stainless steel A4
Property class 70, acc. To EN ISO 3506,
Threaded rod
Stainless steel 1.4401, 1.4404, 1.4571, 1.4578 or 1.4362, EN 10088
Property class 70, acc. To EN ISO 3506,
Hexagon nut acc. to DIN 934
Stainless steel 1.4401, 1.4404, 1.4571 or 1.4362, EN 10088
Washer Material 1.4401, 1.4404, 1.4571 or 1.4362, EN 10088
Glass capsule Glass, quarz, resin, hardener
High corrosion resistance steel
W-VD
240
Use category: Temperature range
Temperature range Base material Maximum long term base Maximum short term base
temperature material temperature material temperature
Temperature range I -40°C to +80°C +50°C +80°C
Curing time
W-VD
241
BONDED ANCHOR / CAPSULE SYSTEM W-VD
Installation instruction
Installation Control
Drill hole to the required embedment depth with a hammer Working length of drill bit must be
drill set in rotation-hammer mode using an appropriately bigger than the given drill hole
sized carbide drill bit. depth.
(For drill bit diameter and drill hole depth (see table
„Anchor characteristics“).
Blow out from the back of the bore hole until return air
stream is free of noticeable dust.
W-VD
Brush with the specified brush size by inserting the brush to The brush must produce natural
the back of the hole in a twisting motion and removing it. resistance as it enters the drill hole
- if not, the brush is too small and
must be replaced with the proper
brush diameter (use the brush
diameter gauge).
Blow out from the back of the bore hole until return air
stream is free of noticeable dust.
242
Installation Control
After required curing time, the anchor element can be Check the max. torque by using a
loaded. calibrated torque wrench.
The applied installation torque shall not exceed.
W-VD
(see table „Anchor characteristic“).
243
BONDED ANCHOR / CAPSULE SYSTEM W-VD
Chemical resistance
244
Chemical Agent Concentration Resistant
Phthalates/Phthalic ester ●
Phthalic acid ●
Potassium aluminium sulphate aqueous solution ●
Potassium chloride aqueous solution ●
Potassium ferric aqueous solution ●
Potassium ferrous cyanide aqueous solution ●
Potassium hydroxide aqueous solution < pH 10 ●
Potassium nitrate aqueous solution ●
Seawater ●
Silicon oil/grease ●
Sodium acetate aqueous solution ●
Sodium aluminate aqueous solution < pH 10 ●
Sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution ●
Sodium bromide aqueous solution ●
Sodium chloride aqueous solution ●
Sodium fluoride aqueous solution ●
Sodium hydroxide aqueous solution < 50% ●
Sodium hypochloride aqueous solution < pH 12 / < 16 % active chlorine ●
Sodium nitrate aqueous solution ●
Sodium thiosulphate aqueous solution ●
Starch, aqueous solution; pH 5 – 8 ●
Succinic acid ●
Sugar ●
Sulpuric acid < 60% ●
Tartaric acid ●
Urea aqueous solution ●
Vegetable oils ●
Water, not deionised or destilled ●
- When ever no concentration is given the resin resists all concentration levels until the highest technically possible level.
- It is important to notice that this chemical resistance is only valid for the cured mortar.
- Results shown in the table are applicable to brief periods of chemical contact with full cured adhesive (e.g. temporary contact with adhesive
during a spill).
W-VD
245
FIXANKER W-FAZ/S
W-FAZ/S Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, cracked
Suitable for:
Concrete C12/15, Natural stone with dense structure
Galvanized (5 microns): M8 – M27 Benefits:
• Europ
Benefits:
• All the many approvals guarantee its reliable function
for all applications even in cracked and non-cracked
concrete.
• The optimized unit of cone bolt and expansion sleeve
avoids concrete spalling at smallest edge distances too.
• The length identifier on the front end of the bolt
facilitates the inspection of correct installation.
• The multitude of types offers the most economic
anchor for all applications in any case. In particular
the one with the big washer is mainly used in timber
construction.
Applications
W-FAZ/S
246
Basic loading data (for a single anchor)
All data in this section applies to: • Concrete C 20/25, fck,cube = 25 N/mm²,
• Correct setting (See installation instruction). Concrete C 50/60, fck,cube = 60 N/mm².
• No edge distance and spacing influence.
• Base material thickness, as specified in the table.
• Anchor material, as specified in the tables.
Characteristic resistance
W-FAZ/S
Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27
Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 46 60 70 85 100 115 125
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 12.0 16.0 25.0 35.0 50.5 62.3 70.6
C50/60 NRk [kN] 16.0 24.8 38.8 54.3 78.3 96.5 109.4
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 15.0 22.0 30.0 60.0 69.0 124.6 141.2
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 5.0 9.0 16.0 25.0 36.1 44.5 50.4
C50/60 NRk [kN] 7.8 14.0 24.8 38.8 55.9 69.0 78.1
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 15.0 22.0 30.0 56.5 72.1 89.0 100.8
247
FIXANKER W-FAZ/S
Design resistance
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 5.7 7.6 11.9 16.7 24.0 29.7 33.6
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 7.5 11.8 18.5 25.8 37.3 46.0 52.1
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 8.6 12.6 17.1 34.3 37.1 59.3 67.2
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 2.4 4.3 7.6 11.9 17.2 21.2 24.0
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 3.7 6.6 11.8 18.5 26.6 32.8 37.2
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 8.6 12.6 17.1 26.9 34.4 42.4 48.0
1)
Material safety factor yM and safety factor for action y L = 1.4 are included. The material safety factor depends on the failure mode.
248
Design Method (simplified)
Simplified version of the design method according ETAG 001-2010, Annex C. Design resistance
according data given in ETA-99/0011, issue 2013-05-30:
• Influence of concrete strength.
• Influence of edge distance.
• Influence of spacing.
• Valid for a group of anchors. (The influencing factors must then be considered for each edge distance and spacing.
The calculated design loads are on the save side. They will be lower than the exact values according
ETAG 001, Annex C. To avoid this, it is recommended to use the anchor design software of Würth).
• The design method is based on the following simplification: No different loads are acting on individual anchors
(no eccentricity).
Tension loading
The decisive design resistance in tension is the lowest value of the following failure modes:
Steel failure:
W-FAZ/S
Anchor type: W-FAZ/S
249
FIXANKER W-FAZ/S
Design concrete cone resistance and splitting resistance of a single anchor
1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.
250
Concrete cone failure
Number of
fixing per s/scr,N1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
2 fsx, fsy 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
3 fsx, fsy 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
4 fsx, fsy 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5 fsx, fsy 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.
W-FAZ/S
Concrete cone failure - Influence of edge distance
;
c/ccr,N 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
fcx,1 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
fcx,2
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy
251
FIXANKER W-FAZ/S
Concrete splitting failure - Influence of spacing
Number of
fixing per s/scr,sp1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
Benefits:
• Europ
2 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
3 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
4 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.
;
c/ccr,sp 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
fcx,1, sp 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
fcx,2, sp
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy, sp
W-FAZ/S
h/hmin 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.20 2.30 2.40 2.50 2.60 2.70 2.80 ≥2.90
fh 1.00 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.25 1.31 1.37 1.42 1.48 1.53 1.59 1.64 1.69 1.74 1.79 1.84 1.89 1.94 1.99 2.00
252
Shear loading
The decisive design resistance in shear is the lowest value of the following failure modes:
Steel failure:
W-FAZ/S
Design concrete edge resistance
Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all
directions . For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be
calculated. The smallest value should be used in the verification.
253
FIXANKER W-FAZ/S
Basic design concrete edge resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: W-FAZ/S
180 26.4 18.7 27.8 19.7 28.9 20.5 30.7 21.8 32.5 23.0 34.2 24.2 24.9 24.9
190 28.4 20.1 29.9 21.2 31.1 22.0 33.1 23.4 34.9 24.7 36.7 26.0 26.7 26.7
200 30.6 21.7 32.1 22.8 33.4 23.6 35.4 25.1 37.4 26.5 39.3 27.8 28.5 28.5
250 41.9 29.7 43.9 31.1 45.5 32.2 48.0 34.0 50.5 35.7 52.8 37.4 38.3 38.3
300 54.3 38.5 56.7 40.2 58.6 41.5 61.7 43.7 64.6 45.8 67.4 47.7 48.7 48.7
350 67.6 47.9 70.5 49.9 72.7 51.5 76.3 54.1 79.7 56.5 83.0 58.8 59.9 59.9
400 81.8 58.0 85.1 60.3 87.7 62.1 91.8 65.1 95.7 67.8 99.4 70.4 71.8 71.8
450 96.8 68.6 100.6 71.2 103.5 73.3 108.2 76.6 112.6 79.8 116.8 82.7 84.2 84.2
500 116.8 82.7 120.1 85.0 125.3 88.8 130.3 92.3 134.9 95.6 97.2 97.2
550 133.8 94.8 137.4 97.3 143.2 101.5 148.7 105.3 153.8 108.9 110.7 110.7
600 151.5 107.3 155.4 110.1 161.8 114.6 167.8 118.8 173.4 122.8 124.7 124.7
650 174.1 123.4 181.1 128.3 187.6 132.9 193.7 137.2 139.3 139.3
700 193.5 137.1 201.1 142.4 208.0 147.4 214.6 152.0 154.3 154.3
750 221.6 157.0 229.1 162.3 236.2 167.3 169.7 169.7
800 242.8 172.0 250.8 177.7 258.4 183.0 185.6 185.6
850 264.5 187.4 273.1 193.4 281.2 199.2 201.9 201.9
900 286.8 203.2 296.0 209.6 304.5 215.7 218.6 218.6
950 309.7 219.4 319.4 226.2 328.4 232.6 235.7 235.7
1000 343.3 243.2 352.9 250.0 253.2 253.2
1100 392.8 278.2 403.4 285.7 289.2 289.2
1200 444.2 314.7 455.9 322.9 326.7 326.7
1300 510.3 361.4 365.6 365.6
1400 566.5 401.3 405.8 405.8
1500 447.2 447.2
1600 489.8 489.8
254
Influence of concrete strength
1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.
α1) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
fα,V 1.00 1.01 1.05 1.13 1.24 1.40 1.64 1.97 2.32 2.50
1)
For α ≥ 90° the component of the shear load acting away from the edge may be neglected and the verification may
be done with component acting parallel to the edge only.
W-FAZ/S
Influence of spacing
In groups loaded perpendicular to the edge only two adjacent anchors closest and parallel to the edge carry the load.
The smallest spacing should be used for the verification.
s/c11) 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60 2.80 3.00
fs,V 1.17 1.20 1.23 1.27 1.30 1.33 1.40 1.47 1.53 1.60 1.67 1.73 1.80 1.87 1.93 2.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in the row closest to the edge.
255
FIXANKER W-FAZ/S
Influence of concrete member thickness
h/c1 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 ≥ 1.50
fh,V 0.26 0.37 0.45 0.52 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.97 1.00
Benefits:
• Europ
Structural Verification
Tension
Shear
256
Installation instruction
Installation Control
Never use damaged tools. See permissible tolerances of the drill bit’s
cutting edges referring to the code
of practice „Characteristic values,
requirements and tests for masonry drill
bits with carbide cutting edges which are
used for drilling holes in which concrete
anchors are installed“.
Drill the hole with a hammer drill. The edge distances and spacing
Drill bit diameter and its working length has to be provided without minus
are determined by the diameter and depth tolerances.
of the drill hole of the selected anchor.
(see table anchor characteristics).
Positioning of drill holes without damaging
the reinforcement.
W-FAZ/S
Drive the anchor with some hammer The thickness of fixture should
impacts or with the machine setting tool not be greater than the maximum
into the drill hole. Anchor installation useful fixture thickness marked on the
ensuring the specified embedment depth. anchor or given on the label of each
package.
Apply the required torque moment using a If it is not possible to apply the
calibrated torque wrench. required torque moment the anchor
(see table anchor characteristics for the can not be used.
torque moment)
257
FIXANKER W-FAZ/S
Anchor characteristics
Cracked concrete
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 40 45 60 60 95 100 125
for c≥ [mm] 70 70 100 100 150 180 300
Minimum edge
cmin [mm] 40 45 60 60 95 100 180
distances
for s≥ [mm] 80 90 140 180 200 220 540
h1
hef1) tfix1)
df
1)
Thickness of fixture tfix
d0
Tinst
Concrete
h ≥ hmin2)
258
Mechanical characteristics
Material specification
Designation Material
W-FAZ/S
Steel, zinc plated ≥ 5μm
Conical bolt M8 to M20:
Cold formed or machined steel, Cone plastic coated
M24 and M27:
Threaded bolt, steel property class 8.8, EN ISO 898-1
Threaded cone, steel property class 8, EN ISO 898-2
Expansion sleeve M8 to M20:
Steel, EN 10088,
Material 1.4301 or 1.4401
M24 and M27:
Steel EN 10139
Hexagon nut Property class 8 EN ISO 898-2
Galvanised
Washer EN ISO 7089, Steel, galvanised
EN ISO 7093 or EN ISO 7094
259
FIXANKER W-FAZ/A4, W-FAZ/HCR
W-FAZ/A4
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, cracked
Suitable for:
Concrete C12/15, Natural stone with dense structure
Stainless steel - A4 (AISI 316): M8 - M24 Benefits:
• Europ
Benefits:
W-FAZ/HCR • All the many approvals guarantee its reliable function
for all applications even in cracked and non-cracked
concrete.
• The optimized unit of cone bolt and expansion sleeve
avoids concrete spalling at smallest edge distances too.
• The length identifier on the front end of the bolt
Stainless steel - A4 (AISI 316): M8 - M24 (on demand)
facilitates the inspection of correct installation.
• The multitude of types offers the most economic
anchor for all applications in any case. In particular
the one with the big washer is mainly used in timber
construction.
Applications
W-FAZ/A4
260
Basic loading data (for a single anchor)
All data in this section applies to: • Embedment depth, as specified in the table.
• Correct setting (See setting instruction). • Anchor material, as specified in the tables.
• No edge distance and spacing influence. • Concrete C 20/25, fck,cube = 25 N/mm²,
• Base material thickness, as specified in the table. Concrete C 50/60, fck,cube = 60 N/mm².
Characteristic resistance
W-FAZ/A4
Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 46 60 70 85 100 100 125
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 12.0 16.0 25.0 35.0 50.5 50.5 70.6
C50/60 NRk [kN] 16.0 24.8 38.8 54.3 78.3 78.3 109.4
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 13.0 20.0 30.0 55.0 86.0 101.0 141.2
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 5.0 9.0 16.0 25.0 36.1 36.1 40.0
C50/60 NRk [kN] 7.8 14.0 24.8 38.8 55.9 55.9 62.0
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 13.0 20.0 30.0 56.5 72.1 72.1 100.8
261
FIXANKER W-FAZ/A4, W-FAZ/HCR
Design resistance
Anchor type: W-FAZ/A4 and HCR
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 7.4 11.4 17.1 31.4 43.9 48.1 67.2
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 2.4 4.3 7.6 11.9 17.2 17.2 19.0
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 3.7 6.6 11.8 18.5 26.6 26.6 29.5
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 7.4 11.4 17.1 26.9 34.4 34.4 48.0
1)
Material safety factor yM and safety factor for action y L = 1.4 are included. The material safety factor depends on the failure mode.
262
Design Method (simplified)
Simplified version of the design method according ETAG 001-2010, Annex C. Design resistance
according data given in ETA-99/0011, issue 2013-05-30:
• Influence of concrete strength.
• Influence of edge distance.
• Influence of spacing.
• Valid for a group of anchors. (The influencing factors must then be considered for each edge distance and spacing.
The calculated design loads are on the save side. They will be lower than the exact values according
ETAG 001, Annex C. To avoid this, it is recommended to use the anchor design software of Würth).
• The design method is based on the following simplification: No different loads are acting on individual anchors
(no eccentricity).
Tension loading
The decisive design resistance in tension is the lowest value of the following failure modes:
Steel failure:
W-FAZ/A4
Anchor type: W-FAZ/A4 and HCR
263
FIXANKER W-FAZ/A4, W-FAZ/HCR
Design concrete cone resistance and splitting resistance of a single anchor
1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.
264
Concrete cone failure
Number of
fixing per s/scr,N1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
2 fsx, fsy 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
3 fsx, fsy 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
4 fsx, fsy 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5 fsx, fsy 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.
W-FAZ/A4
;
c/ccr,N 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
fcx,1 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
fcx,2
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy
265
FIXANKER W-FAZ/A4, W-FAZ/HCR
Concrete splitting failure - Influence of spacing
Number of
fixing per s/scr,sp1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
Benefits:
• Europ
2 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
3 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
4 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.
;
c/ccr,sp 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
fcx,1, sp 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
fcx,2, sp
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy, sp
W-FAZ/A4
h/hmin 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.20 2.30 2.40 2.50 2.60 2.70 2.80 ≥2.90
fh 1.00 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.25 1.31 1.37 1.42 1.48 1.53 1.59 1.64 1.69 1.74 1.79 1.84 1.89 1.94 1.99 2.00
266
Shear loading
The decisive design resistance in shear is the lowest value of the following failure modes:
Steel failure:
W-FAZ/A4
Design concrete edge resistance
Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all
directions . For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be
calculated. The smallest value should be used in the verification.
267
FIXANKER W-FAZ/A4, W-FAZ/HCR
Basic design concrete edge resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: W-FAZ/A4 and HCR
160 22.3 22.3 23.6 23.6 24.4 24.4 25.7 25.7 27.3 27.3 29.8 29.8
170 24.3 24.3 25.6 25.6 26.6 26.6 27.9 27.9 29.6 29.6 32.3 32.3
180 26.4 26.4 27.8 27.8 28.7 28.7 30.2 30.2 31.9 31.9 33.3 33.3 34.8 34.8
190 28.4 28.4 29.9 29.9 30.9 30.9 32.5 32.5 34.3 34.3 35.8 35.8 37.3 37.3
200 30.6 30.6 32.1 32.1 33.2 33.2 34.9 34.9 36.8 36.8 38.3 38.3 39.9 39.9
250 41.9 41.9 43.9 43.9 45.2 45.2 47.3 47.3 49.7 49.7 51.6 51.6 53.6 53.6
300 54.3 54.3 56.7 56.7 58.3 58.3 60.9 60.9 63.7 63.7 65.9 65.9 68.3 68.3
350 67.6 67.6 70.5 70.5 72.4 72.4 75.4 75.4 78.7 78.7 81.3 81.3 84.0 84.0
400 81.8 81.8 85.1 85.1 87.3 87.3 90.8 90.8 94.6 94.6 97.5 97.5 100.6 100.6
450 96.8 96.8 100.6 100.6 103.1 103.1 107.0 107.0 111.4 111.4 114.6 114.6 118.1 118.1
500 116.8 116.8 119.7 119.7 124.0 124.0 128.9 128.9 132.5 132.5 136.4 136.4
550 133.8 133.8 137.0 137.0 141.8 141.8 147.2 147.2 151.1 151.1 155.4 155.4
600 151.5 151.5 155.0 155.0 160.3 160.3 166.2 166.2 170.5 170.5 175.2 175.2
650 173.6 173.6 179.5 179.5 185.9 185.9 190.5 190.5 195.6 195.6
700 192.9 192.9 199.3 199.3 206.2 206.2 211.2 211.2 216.7 216.7
750 219.7 219.7 227.2 227.2 232.6 232.6 238.4 238.4
800 240.8 240.8 248.8 248.8 254.5 254.5 260.8 260.8
850 262.4 262.4 270.9 270.9 277.0 277.0 283.7 283.7
900 284.6 284.6 293.7 293.7 300.2 300.2 307.2 307.2
950 307.3 307.3 317.0 317.0 323.8 323.8 331.3 331.3
1000 340.8 340.8 348.0 348.0 355.9 355.9
1100 390.0 390.0 398.0 398.0 406.7 406.7
1200 441.2 441.2 450.0 450.0 459.5 459.5
1300 503.8 356.9 364.3 364.3
1400 559.6 396.4 404.3 404.3
268
Influence of concrete strength
1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.
α1) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
fα,V 1.00 1.01 1.05 1.13 1.24 1.40 1.64 1.97 2.32 2.50
1)
For α ≥ 90° the component of the shear load acting away from the edge may be neglected and the verification may
be done with component acting parallel to the edge only.
W-FAZ/A4
Influence of spacing
In groups loaded perpendicular to the edge only two adjacent anchors closest and parallel to the edge carry the load.
The smallest spacing should be used for the verification.
s/c11) 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60 2.80 3.00
fs,V 1.17 1.20 1.23 1.27 1.30 1.33 1.40 1.47 1.53 1.60 1.67 1.73 1.80 1.87 1.93 2.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in the row closest to the edge.
269
FIXANKER W-FAZ/A4, W-FAZ/HCR
Influence of concrete member thickness
h/c1 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 ≥ 1.50
fh,V 0.26 0.37 0.45 0.52 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.97 1.00
Benefits:
• Europ
Structural Verification
Tension
Shear
270
Installation instruction
Installation Control
Never use damaged tools. See permissible tolerances of the drill bit’s
cutting edges referring to the code
of practice „Characteristic values,
requirements and tests for masonry drill
bits with carbide cutting edges which are
used for drilling holes in which concrete
anchors are installed“.
Drill the hole with a hammer drill. The edge distances and spacing
Drill bit diameter and its working length has to be provided without minus
are determined by the diameter and tolerances.
depth of the drill hole of the selected
anchor. (see table anchor characteristics).
Positioning of drill holes without damaging
the reinforcement.
W-FAZ/A4
Drive the anchor with some hammer The thickness of fixture should not be
impacts or with the machine setting tool greater than the maximum useful
into the drill hole. Anchor installation fixture thickness marked on the
ensuring the specified embedment depth. anchor or given on the label of each
package.
Apply the required torque moment using If it is not possible to apply the
a calibrated torque wrench. necessary torque moment the anchor
(see table anchor characteristics for the can not be used.
torque moment)
271
FIXANKER W-FAZ/A4, W-FAZ/HCR
Anchor characteristics
Cracked concrete
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 40 50 60 65 90 180 125
for c≥ [mm] 80 75 120 120 180 180 125
Minimum edge
cmin [mm] 50 60 75 80 130 180 125
distances
for s≥ [mm] 100 120 150 150 240 180 125
h1
hef tfix1)
df
1)
Thickness of fixture tfix
d0
Tinst
Concrete
hmin
272
Mechanical characteristics
Material specification
Designation Material
W-FAZ/A4
Stainless steel
Conical bolt Stainless steel 1.4401, 1.4404, 1.4571 or 1.4578, EN 10088
Cone plastic coated
Expansion sleeve Stainless steel 1.4401 or 1.4571, EN 10088
Hexagon nut, DIN 934 Material 1.4401 or 1.4571, EN 10088
Property class 70, EN ISO 3506
Coated
Washer, EN ISO 7089, Material 1.4401 or 1.4571, EN 10088
EN ISO 7093 or EN ISO 7094
High corrosion resistance steel
Conical bolt Material 1.4529 or 1.4565, EN 10088
Cone plastic coated
Expansion sleeve Stainless steel 1.4401 or 1.4571, EN 10088
Hexagon nut, DIN 934 Material 1.4529 or 1.4565, EN 10088,
Property class 70, EN ISO 3506
Coated
Washer, EN ISO 7089, Material 1.4529 or 1.4565, EN 10088
EN ISO 7093 or EN ISO 7094
273
HIGH-PERFORMANCE ANCHOR W-HAZ/S
W-HAZ-B/S Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, cracked
Suitable for:
Concrete C12/15, Natural stone with dense structure
Galvanized (5 microns): M6 - M20
Benefits:
• Europ
W-HAZ-S/S
Benefits:
• The bolt is attuned to the sleeve to make this anchor a
reliable specialist for highest shear load demands.
• Various head types allow tidy finishes and avoid risk
Galvanized (5 microns): M6 - M20 of injury when using for machine bases.
• The optimized combination of expansion sleeve and
W-HAZ-SK/S cone bolt allow smallest spacing and thus small
cost-efficient anchor plates.
Applications
W-HAZ/S
274
Basic loading data (for a single anchor)
All data in this section applies to: • Anchor material, as specified in the tables.
• Correct setting (See installation instruction). • Concrete C 20/25, fck.cube = 25 N/mm²,
• No edge distance and spacing influence. Concrete C 50/60, fck.cube = 60 N/mm².
• Base material thickness, as specified in the table.
Characteristic resistance
W-HAZ/S
Anchor type: W-HAZ/S
275
HIGH-PERFORMANCE ANCHOR W-HAZ/S
Design resistance
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 7.6 9.5 14.3 16.7 23.8 29.7 33.6
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 7.6 13.8 21.9 25.8 36.9 46.0 52.1
B 9.1 14.3 20.6 34.4 48.1 52.0 67.2
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN]
S and SK 10.3 17.1 27.4 34.4 48.1 59.3 67.2
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 2.4 5.7 7.6 11.9 17.1 21.0 23.8
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 3.7 8.9 11.8 18.5 26.6 32.5 36.9
B 9.1 14.3 20.6 24.6 34.4 42.4 48.0
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN]
S and SK 10.3 16.0 20.6 24.6 34.4 42.4 48.0
1)
Material safety factor yM and safety factor for action y L = 1.4 are included. The material safety factor depends on the failure mode.
276
Design Method (simplified)
Simplified version of the design method according ETAG 001-2010, Annex C. Design resistance
according data given in ETA-02/0031, issue 2013-03-26:
• Influence of concrete strength.
• Influence of edge distance.
• Influence of spacing.
• Valid for a group of anchors. (The influencing factors must then be considered for each edge distance and spacing.
The calculated design loads are then on the save side. They will be lower than the exact values according
ETAG 001, Annex C. To avoid this, it is recommended to use the anchor design software of Würth).
• The design method is based on the following simplification: No different loads are acting on individual anchors
(no eccentricity).
Tension loading
The decisive design resistance in tension is the lowest value of the following failure modes:
Steel failure:
W-HAZ/S
Anchor type: W-HAZ/S
277
HIGH-PERFORMANCE ANCHOR W-HAZ/S
Design concrete cone resistance and splitting resistance of a single anchor
Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd.c [kN] 11.9 15.6 20.1 24.1 33.7 41.5 47.1
Cracked concrete
N0Rd.c [kN] 8.5 11.2 14.4 17.2 24.0 29.7 33.6
W-HAZ/S
1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.
278
Concrete cone failure
Number of
fixing per s/scr.N1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
2 fsx, fsy 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
3 fsx, fsy 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
4 fsx, fsy 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5 fsx, fsy 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s. when there are different spacings in one row.
W-HAZ/S
Concrete cone failure - Influence of edge distance
;
c/ccr,N 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
fcx,1 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
fcx,2
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy
279
HIGH-PERFORMANCE ANCHOR W-HAZ/S
Concrete splitting failure - Influence of spacing
Number of
fixing per s/scr,sp1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
Benefits:
• Europ
2 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
3 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
4 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.
;
c/ccr,sp 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
fcx,1, sp 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
fcx,2, sp
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy, sp
W-HAZ/S
h/hmin 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.20 2.30 2.40 2.50 2.60 2.70 2.80 ≥2.90
fh 1.00 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.25 1.31 1.37 1.42 1.48 1.53 1.59 1.64 1.69 1.74 1.79 1.84 1.89 1.94 1.99 2.00
280
Shear loading
The decisive design resistance in shear is the lowest value of the following failure modes:
Steel failure:
W-HAZ/S
k [-] 1,8 2 2 2 2 2 2
Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all
directions . For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be
calculated. The smallest value should be used in the verification.
281
HIGH-PERFORMANCE ANCHOR W-HAZ/S
Basic design concrete edge resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: W-HAZ/S
180 26.4 18.7 27.6 19.6 28.9 20.5 30.1 21.3 32.3 22.9 33.1 23.5 34.6 24.5
190 28.5 20.2 29.8 21.1 31.2 22.1 32.4 22.9 34.7 24.6 35.6 25.2 37.1 26.3
200 30.7 21.7 32.0 22.7 33.5 23.7 34.7 24.6 37.2 26.4 38.1 27.0 39.7 28.1
250 42.1 29.8 43.8 31.0 45.6 32.3 47.2 33.4 50.3 35.6 51.4 36.4 53.4 37.8
300 54.5 38.6 56.6 40.1 58.8 41.6 60.7 43.0 64.4 45.6 65.7 46.5 68.1 48.2
350 67.9 48.1 70.3 49.8 72.9 51.6 75.1 53.2 79.5 56.3 81.1 57.4 83.8 59.4
400 82.2 58.2 85.0 60.2 88.0 62.3 90.5 64.1 95.6 67.7 97.3 68.9 100.5 71.2
450 97.3 68.9 100.5 71.2 103.8 73.6 106.8 75.6 112.4 79.7 114.4 81.0 118.0 83.6
500 113.2 80.2 116.7 82.7 120.5 85.4 123.8 87.7 130.1 92.2 132.3 93.7 136.3 96.5
550 133.7 94.7 137.9 97.7 141.5 100.2 148.6 105.2 151.0 106.9 155.3 110.0
600 151.4 107.3 156.0 110.5 160.0 113.3 167.7 118.8 170.3 120.6 175.1 124.0
650 174.8 123.8 179.1 126.9 187.5 132.8 190.4 134.9 195.6 138.5
700 194.3 137.6 198.9 140.9 208.0 147.4 211.1 149.5 216.7 153.5
750 219.4 155.4 229.2 162.3 232.5 164.7 238.5 168.9
800 240.4 170.3 250.9 177.7 254.4 180.2 260.9 184.8
850 273.2 193.5 277.0 196.2 283.8 201.1
900 296.1 209.8 300.1 212.6 307.4 217.7
950 319.6 226.4 323.8 229.4 331.5 234.8
1000 343.6 243.4 348.1 246.5 356.2 252.3
1100 398.1 282.0 407.1 288.3
1200 460.0 325.8
282
Influence of concrete strength
1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.
α1) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
fα,V 1.00 1.01 1.05 1.13 1.24 1.40 1.64 1.97 2.32 2.50
1)
For α ≥ 90° the component of the shear load acting away from the edge may be neglected and the verification may
be done with component acting parallel to the edge only.
W-HAZ/S
Influence of spacing
In groups loaded perpendicular to the edge only two adjacent anchors closest and parallel to the edge carry the load.
The smallest spacing should be used for the verification.
s/c11) 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60 2.80 3.00
fs,V 1.17 1.20 1.23 1.27 1.30 1.33 1.40 1.47 1.53 1.60 1.67 1.73 1.80 1.87 1.93 2.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in the row closest to the edge.
283
HIGH-PERFORMANCE ANCHOR W-HAZ/S
Influence of concrete member thickness
h/c1 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 ≥ 1.50
fh,V 0.26 0.37 0.45 0.52 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.97 1.00
Benefits:
• Europ
Structural Verification
Tension
Shear
284
Installation instruction
Installation Control
Drill the hole with a hammer drill. The edge distances and spacing
Drill bit diameter and its working length has to be provided without minus
are determined by the diameter and depth tolerances.
of the drill hole of the selected anchor.
(see table anchor characteristics).
Positioning of drill holes without damaging
the reinforcement.
W-HAZ/S
Drive the anchor with some hammer The thickness of fixture should not be
impacts into the drill hole. greater than the maximum useful
Anchor installation ensuring the specified fixture thickness marked on the
embedment depth. anchor or given on the label of each
package.
285
HIGH-PERFORMANCE ANCHOR W-HAZ/S
Anchor characteristics
h
hef tfix
tfix
tsk
∅d0
df
Marking of
setting depth
286
Mechanical characteristics
Designation Material
Steel, zinc plated ≥ 5μm, EN ISO 4042
Threaded bolt Steel, Strenght class 8.8,
EN ISO 898-1
Washer Steel,
EN 10139
Distance sleeve Precision steel tubes,
W-HAZ/S
DIN 2394 / 2393
Ring Polyethylene
Expansion sleeve Steel,
DIN 10139
Threaded cone Steel, Strenght class 8,
EN ISO 898-2
Hexagon nut Steel, Strenght class 8,
EN ISO 898-2
Hexagon head screw Steel, Strenght class 8.8,
EN ISO 898-1
Countersunk screw Steel, Strenght class 8.8,
EN ISO 898-1
Countersunk washer Steel,
EN 10083-2
287
HIGH-PERFORMANCE ANCHOR W-HAZ/A4
W-HAZ-B/A4 Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, cracked
Suitable for:
Concrete C12/15, Natural stone with dense structure
Stainless steel - A4 (AISI 316): M8 – M16
Benefits:
• Europ
W-HAZ-S/A4
Benefits:
• The bolt is attuned to the sleeve to make this anchor
a reliable specialist for highest shear load demands.
• Various head types allow tidy finishes and avoid risk
Stainless steel - A4 (AISI 316): M8 – M16 of injury when using for machine bases.
• The optimized combination of expansion sleeve
W-HAZ-SK/A4 and cone bolt allow smallest spacing and thus small
cost-efficient anchor plates.
Applications
W-HAZ/A4
288
Basic loading data (for a single anchor)
All data in this section applies to: • Embedment depth, as specified in the table.
• Correct setting (See setting instruction). • Anchor material, as specified in the tables.
• No edge distance and spacing influence. • Concrete C 20/25, fck,cube = 25 N/mm²,
• Base material thickness, as specified in the table. Concrete C 50/60, fck,cube = 60 N/mm².
Characteristic resistance
W-HAZ/A4
Anchor type: W-HAZ/A4
289
HIGH-PERFORMANCE ANCHOR W-HAZ/A4
Design resistance
Anchor type: W-HAZ/A4
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 7.6 11.9 16.7 24.0
B 11.8 18.5 25.8 37.3
C50/60 Nrec [kN]
S and K 9.9 15.7 22.9 37.3
B 13.7 21.1 34.4 48.1
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN]
S and K 12.6 19.4 32.6 48.1
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 4.3 7.6 12.3 17.1
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 6.6 11.8 19.1 26.6
B 13.7 20.6 24.6 34.4
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN]
S and K 12.6 19.4 24.6 34.4
1)
Material safety factor yM and safety factor for action y L = 1.4 are included. The material safety factor depends on the failure mode.
290
Design Method (simplified)
Simplified version of the design method according ETAG 001-2010, Annex C. Design resistance
according data given in ETA-02/0031, issue 2013-03-26:
• Influence of concrete strength.
• Influence of edge distance.
• Influence of spacing.
• Valid for a group of anchors. (The influencing factors must then be considered for each edge distance and spacing.
The calculated design loads are on the save side. They will be lower than the exact values according
ETAG 001, Annex C. To avoid this, it is recommended to use the anchor design software of Würth).
• The design method is based on the following simplification: No different loads are acting on individual anchors
(no eccentricity).
Tension loading
The decisive design resistance in tension is the lowest value of the following failure modes:
Steel failure:
W-HAZ/A4
Anchor type: W-HAZ/A4
291
HIGH-PERFORMANCE ANCHOR W-HAZ/A4
Design concrete cone resistance and splitting resistance of a single anchor
1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.
292
Concrete cone failure
Characteristic edge distance ccr,N and spacing scr,N
Anchor type: W-HAZ/A4
Number of
fixing per s/scr,N1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
2 fsx, fsy 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
3 fsx, fsy 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
4 fsx, fsy 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5 fsx, fsy 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.
W-HAZ/A4
;
c/ccr,N 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
fcx,1 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
fcx,2
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy
293
HIGH-PERFORMANCE ANCHOR W-HAZ/A4
Concrete splitting failure - Influence of spacing
Number of
fixing per s/scr,sp1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
Benefits:
• Europ
2 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
3 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
4 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.
;
c/ccr,sp 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
fcx,1, sp 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
fcx,2, sp
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy, sp
W-HAZ/A4
h/hmin 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.20 2.30 2.40 2.50 2.60 2.70 2.80 ≥2.90
fh 1.00 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.25 1.31 1.37 1.42 1.48 1.53 1.59 1.64 1.69 1.74 1.79 1.84 1.89 1.94 1.99 2.00
294
Shear loading
The decisive design resistance in shear is the lowest value of the following failure modes:
Steel failure:
W-HAZ/A4
k [-] 2 2 2 2
Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all
directions . For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be
calculated. The smallest value should be used in the verification.
295
HIGH-PERFORMANCE ANCHOR W-HAZ/A4
Basic design concrete edge resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: W-HAZ/A4
296
Influence of concrete strength
1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.
α1) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
fα,V 1.00 1.01 1.05 1.13 1.24 1.40 1.64 1.97 2.32 2.50
1)
For α ≥ 90° the component of the shear load acting away from the edge may be neglected and the verification may
be done with cpmonent acting parallel to the edge only.
W-HAZ/A4
Influence of spacing
In groups loaded perpendicular to the edge only two adjacent anchors closest and parallel to the edge carry the load.
The smallest spacing should be used for the verification.
s/c11) 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60 2.80 3.00
fs,V 1.17 1.20 1.23 1.27 1.30 1.33 1.40 1.47 1.53 1.60 1.67 1.73 1.80 1.87 1.93 2.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in the row closest to the edge.
297
HIGH-PERFORMANCE ANCHOR W-HAZ/A4
Influence of concrete member thickness
h/c1 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 ≥ 1.50
fh,V 0.26 0.37 0.45 0.52 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.97 1.00
Benefits:
• Europ
Structural Verification
Tension
Shear
298
Installation instruction
Installation Control
Never use damaged tools. See permissible tolerances of the drill bit’s
cutting edges referring to the code
of practice „Characteristic values,
requirements and tests for masonry drill
bits with carbide cutting edges which are
used for drilling holes in which concrete
anchors are installed“.
Drill the hole with a hammer drill. The edge distances and spacing
Drill bit diameter and its working length has to be provided without minus
are determined by the diameter and depth tolerances.
of the drill hole of the selected anchor.
(see table anchor characteristics).
Positioning of drill holes without damaging
the reinforcement.
W-HAZ/A4
Drive the anchor with some hammer The thickness of fixture should not be
impacts into the drill hole. greater than the maximum useful
Anchor installation ensuring the specified fixture thickness marked on the
embedment depth. anchor or given on the label of each
package.
299
HIGH-PERFORMANCE ANCHOR W-HAZ/A4
Anchor characteristics
h
hef tfix
tfix
tsk
∅d0
df
Marking of
setting depth
300
Mechanical characteristics
Material specification
W-HAZ/A4
Designation Material
Stainless steel A4
Threaded bolt Stainless steel, 1.4401, 1.4404 or 1.4571, EN 10088
Washer Stainless steel, 1.4401, 1.4404 or 1.4571, EN 10088
Distance sleeve Stainless steel, 1.4401, 1.4404 or 1.4571, EN 10088
Plastic sleeve Polyethylene
Expansion sleeve Stainless steel, 1.4401, 1.4404 or 1.4571, EN 10088
Threaded cone Stainless steel, 1.4401, 1.4404 or 1.4571, EN 10088
Strenght class 70, ISO 3506
Hexagon nut
Stainless steel, 1.4401 or 1.4571, EN 10088
Hexagon head screw Stainless steel, 1.4401, 1.4404 or 1.4571, EN 10088
Countersunk screw Stainless steel, 1.4401, 1.4404 or 1.4571, EN 10088
Countersunk washer Stainless steel, 1.4401, 1.4404 or 1.4571, EN 10088
301
CONCRETE SCREW BOLT W-SA/S
W-SA/S
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, cracked
Suitable for:
Concrete C12/15, Natural stone with dense structure
Galvanized (5 microns): ∅7.5 – ∅16 Benefits:
• Europ
Benefits:
• The fast installation is carried out by simply screwing
into the drill hole.
• A safe function is guaranteed even without using
a torque-controlled wrench.
• When using for temporary anchorages the concrete
screw bolt can be entirely removed.
• Highest load capacities are transferred reliably into
the base material through a form locking mechanism.
• The various types of screw heads develop new areas
of application, in particular those with fixtures made
of wood.
Applications
W-SA/S
302
Basic loading data (for a single anchor)
All data in this section applies to: • Embedment depth, as specified in the table.
• Correct setting (See setting instruction). • Anchor material, as specified in the tables.
• No edge distance and spacing influence. • Concrete C 20/25, fck,cube = 25 N/mm²,
• Base material thickness, as specified in the table. Concrete C 50/60, fck,cube = 60 N/mm².
Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 40.0 47.5 54.5 71.5 87.5
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile ≥ C20/25 Nu,m [kN] 20.0 24.8 29.6 45.7 57.6
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vu,m [kN] 10.3 23.8 35.8 46.4 67.8
Cracked concrete
Characteristic resistance
W-SA/S
Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 40.0 47.5 54.5 71.5 87.5
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile ≥ C20/25 NRk [kN] 7.5 12.0 16.0 30.0 40.0
≥ C50/60 NRk [kN] 11.6 18.6 24.8 30.0 43.0
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 6.9 16.0 26.0 36.0 49.0
Cracked concrete
Tensile ≥ C20/25 NRk [kN] 5.0 9.0 12.0 20.0 30.0
≥ C50/60 NRk [kN] 7.8 14.0 18.6 31.0 46.5
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 6.9 16.0 26.0 36.0 49.0
303
CONCRETE SCREW BOLT W-SA/S
Design resistance
304
Design Method (simplified)
Simplified version of the design method according ETAG 001-2010, Annex C. Design resistance
according data given in ETA-05/0012, issue 2010-01-20:
• Influence of concrete strength.
• Influence of edge distance.
• Influence of spacing.
• Valid for a group of anchors. (The influencing factors must then be considered for each edge distance and spacing.
The calculated design loads are then on the save side. They will be lower than the exact values according
ETAG 001, Annex C. To avoid this, it is recommended to use the anchor design software of Würth).
• The design method is based on the following simplification: No different loads are acting on individual anchors
(no eccentricity).
Tension loading
The decisive design resistance in tension is the lowest value of the following failure modes:
Steel failure:
W-SA/S
Anchor type: W-SA/S
305
CONCRETE SCREW BOLT W-SA/S
1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.
306
Concrete cone failure
Number of
fixing per s/scr,N1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
2 fsx, fsy 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
3 fsx, fsy 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
4 fsx, fsy 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5 fsx, fsy 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.
W-SA/S
c/ccr,N 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
fcx,1 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
fcx,2
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy
307
CONCRETE SCREW BOLT W-SA/S
Concrete splitting failure - Influence of spacing
Number of
fixing per s/scr,sp1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
Benefits:
direction
• Europ
2 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
3 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
4 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.
c/ccr,sp 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
fcx,1, sp 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
fcx,2, sp
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy, sp
W-SA/S
h/hmin 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.20 2.30 2.40 2.50 2.60 2.70 2.80 ≥2.90
fh 1.00 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.25 1.31 1.37 1.42 1.48 1.53 1.59 1.64 1.69 1.74 1.79 1.84 1.89 1.94 1.99 2.00
308
Shear loading
The decisive design resistance in shear is the lowest value of the following failure modes:
Steel failure:
W-SA/S
Design concrete edge resistance
Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all
directions . For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be
calculated. The smallest value should be used in the verification.
309
CONCRETE SCREW BOLT W-SA/S
Basic design concrete edge resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: W-SA/S
Thread size ∅7.5 ∅10 ∅12 ∅14 ∅16
hef [mm] 40.0 47.5 54.5 71.5 87.5
Edge distance c1 V0Rd,c
[mm] [kN]
non- cracked non- cracked Benefits:
non- cracked non- cracked non- cracked
cracked cracked cracked
• Europ cracked cracked
40 3.1 2.2
45 3.7 2.6
50 4.2 3.0 4.5 3.2
55 4.8 3.4 5.1 3.6
60 5.4 3.8 5.8 4.1 6.1 4.3
65 6.1 4.3 6.5 4.6 6.8 4.8
70 6.7 4.8 7.1 5.1 7.5 5.3
75 7.4 5.2 7.8 5.6 8.3 5.9
80 8.1 5.7 8.6 6.1 9.0 6.4
85 8.8 6.2 9.3 6.6 9.8 6.9
90 9.5 6.8 10.1 7.1 10.6 7.5 11.3 8.0
95 10.3 7.3 10.9 7.7 11.4 8.1 12.2 8.6
100 11.1 7.8 11.7 8.3 12.2 8.6 13.1 9.2 13.8 9.8
110 12.6 9.0 13.3 9.4 13.9 9.8 14.8 10.5 15.7 11.1
120 14.3 10.1 15.0 10.6 15.7 11.1 16.7 11.8 17.6 12.5
130 16.0 11.3 16.8 11.9 17.5 12.4 18.6 13.2 19.6 13.9
140 17.8 12.6 18.6 13.2 19.4 13.7 20.6 14.6 21.6 15.3
150 19.6 13.9 20.5 14.5 21.3 15.1 22.6 16.0 23.7 16.8
160 21.4 15.2 22.4 15.9 23.3 16.5 24.7 17.5 25.9 18.3
W-SA/S
170 23.4 16.6 24.4 17.3 25.3 18.0 26.8 19.0 28.1 19.9
180 25.3 17.9 26.4 18.7 27.4 19.4 29.0 20.5 30.4 21.5
190 27.4 19.4 28.5 20.2 29.6 21.0 31.2 22.1 32.7 23.1
200 29.4 20.9 30.7 21.7 31.8 22.5 33.5 23.7 35.0 24.8
250 40.5 28.7 42.0 29.8 43.4 30.8 45.6 32.3 47.5 33.7
300 52.5 37.2 54.4 38.6 56.1 39.8 58.7 41.6 61.1 43.3
350 65.5 46.4 67.8 48.0 69.8 49.5 72.8 51.6 75.6 53.5
400 79.4 56.3 82.0 58.1 84.4 59.8 87.9 62.2 91.0 64.5
450 97.1 68.8 99.7 70.6 103.7 73.4 107.3 76.0
500 115.9 82.1 120.3 85.2 124.3 88.0
550 132.7 94.0 137.7 97.5 142.1 100.6
600 150.3 106.5 155.7 110.3 160.6 113.7
650 174.5 123.6 179.7 127.3
700 193.8 137.3 199.6 141.4
750 220.0 155.8
800 241.0 170.7
850 262.7 186.1
310
Influence of concrete strength
1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.
α1) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
fα,V 1.00 1.01 1.05 1.13 1.24 1.40 1.64 1.97 2.32 2.50
1)
For α ≥ 90° the component of the shear load acting away from the edge may be neglected and the verification may
be done with component acting parallel to the edge only.
W-SA/S
Influence of spacing
In groups loaded perpendicular to the edge only two adjacent anchors closest and parallel to the edge carry the load.
The smallest spacing should be used for the verification.
s/c11) 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60 2.80 3.00
fs,V 1.17 1.20 1.23 1.27 1.30 1.33 1.40 1.47 1.53 1.60 1.67 1.73 1.80 1.87 1.93 2.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in the row closest to the edge.
311
CONCRETE SCREW BOLT W-SA/S
Influence of concrete member thickness
h/c1 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 ≥ 1.50
fh,V 0.26 0.37 0.45 0.52 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.97 1.00
Benefits:
• Europ
Structural Verification
Tension
Shear
312
Installation instruction
Installation Control
Never use damaged tools. See permissible tolerances of the drill bit’s
cutting edges referring to the code
of practice „Characteristic values,
requirements and tests for masonry drill
bits with carbide cutting edges which are
used for drilling holes in which concrete
anchors are installed“.
Drill the hole with a hammer drill. The edge distances and spacing
Drill bit diameter and its working length has to be provided without minus
are determined by the diameter and depth tolerances.
of the drill hole of the selected anchor.
(see table anchor characteristics).
Positioning of drill holes without damaging
the reinforcement.
W-SA/S
Screw the anchor by hand or electrical The thickness of fixture should not be
impact screw diver into the concrete base greater than the maximum useful
material. fixture thickness marked on the
anchor or given on the label of each
package.
313
CONCRETE SCREW BOLT W-SA/S
Anchor characteristics
df
d0
hnom tfix
h1
hmin
314
Mechanical characteristics
Designation Material
W-SA/S
315
CONCRETE SCREW BOLT W-SA/A4
W-SA/A4
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, cracked
Suitable for:
Concrete C12/15, Natural stone with dense structure
A4 (AISI 316): ∅7.5 – ∅12 Benefits:
• Europ
Benefits:
• The fast installation is carried out by simply screwing
into the drill hole.
• A safe function is guaranteed even without using a
torque-controlled wrench.
• When using for temporary anchorages the concrete
screw bolt can be entirely removed.
• Highest load capacities are transferred reliably into
the base material through a form locking mechanism.
• The various types of screw heads develop new areas
of application, in particular those with fixtures made of
wood.
Applications
W-SA/A4
316
Basic loading data (for a single anchor)
All data in this section applies to: • Embedment depth, as specified in the table.
• Correct setting (See setting instruction). • Anchor material, as specified in the tables.
• No edge distance and spacing influence. • Concrete C 20/25, fck,cube = 25 N/mm²,
• Base material thickness, as specified in the table. Concrete C 50/60, fck,cube = 60 N/mm².
Characteristic resistance
W-SA/A4
Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 40.0 47.5 54.5
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile ≥ C20/25 NRk [kN] 7.5 12.0 16.0
≥ C50/60 NRk [kN] 11.6 18.6 24.8
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 12.3 20.0 33.0
Cracked concrete
Tensile ≥ C20/25 NRk [kN] 5.0 9.0 12.0
≥ C50/60 NRk [kN] 7.8 14.0 18.6
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 9.1 20.0 29.0
317
CONCRETE SCREW BOLT W-SA/A4
Design resistance
318
Design Method (simplified)
Simplified version of the design method according ETAG 001-2010, Annex C. Design resistance
according data given in ETA-06/0277, issue 2010-01-20:
• Influence of concrete strength.
• Influence of edge distance.
• Influence of spacing.
• Valid for a group of anchors. (The influencing factors must then be considered for each edge distance and spacing.
The calculated design loads are then on the save side. They will be lower than the exact values according
ETAG 001, Annex C. To avoid this, it is recommended to use the anchor design software of Würth).
• The design method is based on the following simplification: No different loads are acting on individual anchors
(no eccentricity).
Tension loading
The decisive design resistance in tension is the lowest value of the following failure modes:
Steel failure:
W-SA/A4
Design steel resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: W-SA/A4
319
CONCRETE SCREW BOLT W-SA/A4
Design concrete cone resistance and splitting resistance of a single anchor
1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.
320
Concrete cone failure
Number of
fixing per s/scr,N1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
2 fsx, fsy 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
3 fsx, fsy 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
4 fsx, fsy 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5 fsx, fsy 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.
W-SA/A4
;
c/ccr,N 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
fcx,1 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
fcx,2
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy
321
CONCRETE SCREW BOLT W-SA/A4
Concrete splitting failure - Influence of spacing
Number of
fixing per s/scr,sp1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
Benefits:
• Europ
2 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
3 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
4 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.
;
c/ccr,sp 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
fcx,1, sp 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
fcx,2, sp
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy, sp
W-SA/A4
h/hmin 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.20 2.30 2.40 2.50 2.60 2.70 2.80 ≥2.90
fh 1.00 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.25 1.31 1.37 1.42 1.48 1.53 1.59 1.64 1.69 1.74 1.79 1.84 1.89 1.94 1.99 2.00
322
Shear loading
The decisive design resistance in shear is the lowest value of the following failure modes:
Steel failure:
W-SA/A4
Design concrete edge resistance
Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all
directions . For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be
calculated. The smallest value should be used in the verification.
323
CONCRETE SCREW BOLT W-SA/A4
Basic design concrete edge resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: W-SA/A4
324
Influence of concrete strength
1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.
α1) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
fα,V 1.00 1.01 1.05 1.13 1.24 1.40 1.64 1.97 2.32 2.50
1)
For α ≥ 90° the component of the shear load acting away from the edge may be neglected and the verification may
be done with component acting parallel to the edge only.
W-SA/A4
Influence of spacing
In groups loaded perpendicular to the edge only two adjacent anchors closest and parallel to the edge carry the load.
The smallest spacing should be used for the verification.
s/c11) 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60 2.80 3.00
fs,V 1.17 1.20 1.23 1.27 1.30 1.33 1.40 1.47 1.53 1.60 1.67 1.73 1.80 1.87 1.93 2.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in the row closest to the edge.
325
CONCRETE SCREW BOLT W-SA/A4
Influence of concrete member thickness
h/c1 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 ≥ 1.50
fh,V 0.26 0.37 0.45 0.52 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.97 1.00
Benefits:
• Europ
Structural Verification
Tension
Shear
326
Installation instruction
Installation Control
Drill the hole with a hammer drill. The edge distances and spacing
Drill bit diameter and its working length has to be provided without minus
are determined by the diameter and depth tolerances.
of the drill hole of the selected anchor.
(see table anchor characteristics).
Positioning of drill holes without damaging
the reinforcement.
W-SA/A4
Screw the anchor by hand or electrical The thickness of fixture should not be
impact screw diver into the concrete base greater than the maximum useful
material. fixture thickness marked on the
anchor or given on the label of each
package.
327
CONCRETE SCREW BOLT W-SA/A4
Anchor characteristics
df
d0
hnom tfix
h1
hmin
328
Mechanical characteristics
Material specification
Designation Material
Stainless steel
Screw Stainless steel 1.4401 or 1.4571, EN 10263-5
Material of the tip Steel acc. to EN 10263-4
W-SA/A4
329
FIXANKER W-FA/S, W-FA/F
W-FA/S Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-cracked
Suitable for:
Concrete C12/15, Natural stone with dense structure
Galvanized (5 microns): M6 – M20
Benefits:
• Europ
W-FA/S WITH BIG WASHER
Benefits:
• With a few blows the anchor is easy and fast to install.
• The long thread allows levelling of unevenness and
can be used to assemble stand-off fixations.
Galvanized (5 microns): M6 – M20 • Two approved anchorage depth broaden the
application spectrum.
W-FA/F • Its approval guarantees safe function even under
highest load requirements.
Applications
W-FA/S
330
Basic loading data (for a single anchor)
All data in this section applies to: • Embedment depth, as specified in the table.
• Correct setting (See setting instruction). • Anchor material, as specified in the tables.
• No edge distance and spacing influence. • Concrete C 20/25, fck,cube = 25 N/mm²,
• Base material thickness, as specified in the table. Concrete C 50/60, fck,cube = 60 N/mm².
Thread size M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20
Effective
hef [mm] 30 40 35 44 42 48 50 65 64 82 78 100
anchorage depth
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 Nu,m [kN] 9.6 12.0 12.3 18.7 19.2 23.6 26.1 34.5 43.6 51.4 53.6 70.0
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vu,m [kN] 7.3 7.3 19.3 19.3 28.1 28.1 41.3 41.3 73.0 73.0 103.6 103.6
Characteristic resistance
Anchor type: W-FA/S, W-FA/F
Thread size M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20
Effective anchorage
hef [mm] 30 40 35 44 42 48 50 65 64 82 78 100
depth
Non-cracked concrete
W-FA/S
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 6.0 8.7 10.5 12.0 13.7 16.0 17.9 26.5 25.9 37.5 34.8 50.5
C50/60 NRk [kN] 8.7 8.7 15.3 15.3 21.3 24.8 27.7 35.0 40.1 58.1 53.9 78.3
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 5.0 5.0 10.5 11.0 13.7 16.8 17.9 25.0 51.7 44.0 69.6 69.0
Design resistance
Anchor type: W-FA/S, W-FA/F
Thread size M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20
Effective
hef [mm] 30 40 35 44 42 48 50 65 64 82 78 100
anchorage depth
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 4.0 5.8 7.0 8.0 9.2 10.7 11.9 17.6 17.2 25.0 23.2 33.7
C50/60 NRd [kN] 5.8 5.8 10.2 10.2 14.2 16.5 18.4 23.3 26.7 38.7 35.9 52.2
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 4.0 4.0 7.0 8.8 9.2 11.2 11.9 20.0 34.5 35.2 46.4 51.9
331
FIXANKER W-FA/S, W-FA/F
Recommended / Allowable loads1)
Anchor type: W-FA/S, W-FA/F
Thread size M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20
Effective
hef [mm] 30 40 35 44 42 48 50 65 64 82 78 100
anchorage depth
Non-cracked concrete
Benefits:
• Europ
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 2.9 4.1 5.0 5.7 6.5 7.6 8.5 12.6 12.3 17.9 16.6 24.0
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 4.1 4.1 7.3 7.3 10.1 11.8 13.2 16.7 19.1 27.7 25.7 37.3
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 2.9 2.9 5.0 6.3 6.5 8.0 8.5 14.3 24.6 25.1 33.1 37.1
1)
Material safety factor yM and safety factor for action y L = 1.4 are included. The material safety factor depends on the failure mode.
Simplified version of the design method according ETAG 001-2010, Annex C. Design resistance
according data given in ETA-02/0001, issue 2013-06-04:
• Influence of concrete strength.
• Influence of edge distance.
• Influence of spacing.
• Valid for a group of anchors. (The influencing factors must then be considered for each edge distance and spacing.
The calculated design loads are then on the save side. They will be lower than the exact values according
ETAG 001, Annex C. To avoid this, it is recommended to use the anchor design software of Würth).
• The design method is based on the following simplification: No different loads are acting on individual anchors
W-FA/S
(no eccentricity).
Tension loading
The decisive design resistance in tension is the lowest value of the following failure modes:
Steel failure:
332
Design steel resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: W-FA/S, W-FA/F
W-FA/S
a) The edge distance in all directions is for single fasteners and for fastener groups and the
member depth is in both cases.
b) The characteristic resistance for concrete cone failure and pull-out failure is calculated for cracked concrete and
reinforcement resists the splitting forces and limits the crack width to .
333
FIXANKER W-FA/S, W-FA/F
Influence of concrete strength
Concrete strength classes C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60
(EN 206:2000)
Benefits:
Characteristic compressive
• Europ
strength of concrete determined fck,cyl [N/mm2] 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
by testing cylinders1)
Characteristic compressive
strength of concrete determined fck,cube [N/mm2] 15 20 25 30 37 45 50 55 60
by testing cube2)
Influencing factor fb,N [-] 0.77 0.89 1.00 1.10 1.22 1.34 1.41 1.48 1.55
1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.
Number of
fixing per s/scr,N1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
2 fsx, fsy 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
3 fsx, fsy 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
4 fsx, fsy 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5 fsx, fsy 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.
334
Concrete cone failure - Influence of edge distance
c/ccr.N 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
fcx,1 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
fcx,2
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy
W-FA/S
Number
of fixing
s/scr,sp1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
per
direction
2 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
3 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
4 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.
335
FIXANKER W-FA/S, W-FA/F
Concrete splitting failure - Influence of edge distance
c/ccr.sp 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
fcx,1, sp 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
Benefits:
fcx,2, sp
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 • Europ
0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy, sp
h/hmin 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.20 2.30 2.40 2.50 2.60 2.70 2.80 ≥2.90
fh 1.00 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.25 1.31 1.37 1.42 1.48 1.53 1.59 1.64 1.69 1.74 1.79 1.84 1.89 1.94 1.99 2.00
Shear loading
The decisive design resistance in shear is the lowest value of the following failure modes:
Steel failure:
336
Design concrete pry-out resistance of a single anchor
Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all
directions . For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be
calculated. The smallest value should be used in the verification.
W-FA/S
337
FIXANKER W-FA/S, W-FA/F
Basic design concrete edge resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: W-FA/S, W-FA/F
170 22.8 23.4 23.6 24.2 24.6 25.0 25.5 26.4 27.2 28.3 28.9 30.1
180 24.7 25.3 25.6 26.2 26.6 27.0 27.7 28.6 29.5 30.6 31.2 32.5
190 26.7 27.4 27.7 28.3 28.7 29.2 29.8 30.8 31.7 32.9 33.5 34.9
200 28.7 29.4 29.8 30.4 30.9 31.3 32.0 33.1 34.0 35.3 35.9 37.4
250 39.5 40.5 40.9 41.7 42.3 42.9 43.7 45.1 46.3 47.8 48.6 50.5
300 51.4 52.5 53.0 54.1 54.8 55.5 56.5 58.1 59.6 61.4 62.4 64.6
350 64.2 65.5 66.1 67.4 68.2 69.0 70.2 72.1 73.8 76.0 77.2 79.7
400 79.4 80.1 81.5 82.5 83.4 84.8 87.0 89.0 91.5 92.8 95.7
450 94.9 96.5 97.6 98.6 100.3 102.7 105.0 107.8 109.3 112.6
500 113.4 114.7 116.5 119.2 121.7 124.9 126.6 130.3
550 130.0 131.4 133.4 136.5 139.2 142.7 144.6 148.7
600 147.3 148.8 151.1 154.4 157.4 161.3 163.3 167.8
650 169.4 173.1 176.3 180.5 182.7 187.6
700 188.3 192.3 195.9 200.4 202.8 208.0
750 216.0 220.9 223.5 229.1
800 236.8 242.0 244.8 250.8
850 258.1 263.7 266.7 273.1
900 280.1 285.9 289.2 296.0
950 302.5 308.8 312.2 319.4
1000 335.7 343.3
1100 384.3 392.8
1200 435.0 444.2
338
Incluence of concrete strength
1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.
α1) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
fα,V 1.00 1.01 1.05 1.13 1.24 1.40 1.64 1.97 2.32 2.50
1)
For α ≥ 90° the component of the shear load acting away from the edge may be neglected and the verification may
be done with component acting parallel to the edge only.
W-FA/S
Influence of spacing
In groups loaded perpendicular to the edge only two adjacent anchors closest and parallel to the edge carry the load.
The smallest spacing should be used for the verification.
s/c11) 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60 2.80 3.00
fs,V 1.17 1.20 1.23 1.27 1.30 1.33 1.40 1.47 1.53 1.60 1.67 1.73 1.80 1.87 1.93 2.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in the row closest to the edge.
339
FIXANKER W-FA/S, W-FA/F
Influence of concrete member thickness
h/c1 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 ≥ 1.50
fh,V 0.26 0.37 0.45 0.52 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.97 1.00
Benefits:
• Europ
Structural Verification
Tension
Shear
340
Installation instruction
Installation Control
Never use damaged tools. See permissible tolerances of the drill bit’s
cutting edges referring to the code
of practice „Characteristic values,
requirements and tests for masonry drill
bits with carbide cutting edges which are
used for drilling holes in which concrete
anchors are installed“.
Drill the hole with a hammer drill. The edge distances and spacing
Drill bit diameter and its working length has to be provided without minus
are determined by the diameter and depth tolerances.
of the drill hole of the selected anchor.
(see table anchor characteristics).
Positioning of drill holes without damaging
the reinforcement.
W-FA/S
Drive the anchor with some hammer The thickness of fixture should
impacts or with the machine setting tool not be greater than the maximum
into the drill hole. Anchor installation useful fixture thickness marked on the
ensuring the specified embedment depth. anchor or given on the label of each
package.
Apply the required torque moment using If it is not possible to apply the
a calibrated torque wrench. required torque moment the anchor
(see table anchor characteristics for the can not be used.
torque moment).
341
FIXANKER W-FA/S, W-FA/F
Anchor characteristics
Thread size M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20
Effective anchorage
hef [mm] 30 40 35 44 42 48 50 65 64 82 78 100
depth Benefits:
Nominal drill hole • Europ
d0 [mm] 6 6 8 8 10 10 12 12 16 16 20 20
diameter
Drill depth h0 / h1 [mm] 45 55 55 65 65 70 75 90 95 110 110 130
Drill hole depth for
td [mm] td = h1 + tfix
through fixing
Clearance-hole
in fixture df [mm] 7 7 9 9 12 12 14 14 18 18 22 22
to be attached
Wrench size SW [mm] 10 10 13 13 17 17 19 19 24 24 30 30
Required torque Tinst [Nm] 8 8 15 15 30 30 40 40 90 90 120 120
Min. thickness of
hmin [mm] 80 80 100 100 100 100 100 130 130 170 160 200
concrete member
Non-cracked concrete
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 35 35 40 40 55 55 100 75 100 90 140 105
Minimum edge
cmin [mm] 40 40 45 45 65 65 100 90 100 105 140 125
distances
hmin
W-FA/S
h1
hnom
hef tfix
∅d0
Tinst
df
∅d0
Tinst
df
hef,red tfix
hnom,red
h1,red
hmin
342
Mechanical characteristics
Thread size M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20
Material specification
W-FA/S
Designation Material
Steel, zinc plated ≥ 5μm, EN ISO 4042
Conical bolt Cold formed or machined steel
Expansion sleeve Steel, EN 10088,
Material 1.4301 or 1.4303
Hexagon nut Property class 8 EN ISO 898-2
Washer Steel
Steel, hot-dip galvanised ≥ 40μm, EN ISO 1461
Conical bolt Cold formed or machined steel
Expansion sleeve Steel, EN 10088,
Material 1.4301 or 1.4303
Hexagon nut Property class 8 EN ISO 898-2
Washer Steel
343
FIXANKER W-FA/A4
W-FA/A4 Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-cracked
Suitable for:
Concrete C12/15, Natural stone with dense structure
A4 (AISI 316): M6 - M20
Benefits:
• Europ
W-FA/HCR
Benefits:
• With a few blows the anchor is easy and fast to install.
• The long thread allows levelling of unevenness and
can be used to assemble stand-off fixations.
A4 (AISI 316): M8 - M20 (on demand) • Two approved anchorage depth broaden the
application spectrum.
• Its approval guarantees safe function even under
highest load requirements.
Applications
W-FA/A4
344
Basic loading data (for a single anchor)
All data in this section applies to: • Embedment depth, as specified in the table.
• Correct setting (See setting instruction). • Anchor material, as specified in the tables.
• No edge distance and spacing influence. • Concrete C 20/25, fck,cube = 25 N/mm²,
• Base material thickness, as specified in the table. Concrete C 50/60, fck,cube = 60 N/mm².
Thread size M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20
Effective
hef [mm] 30 40 35 44 42 48 50 65 64 82 78 100
anchorage depth
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C25/30 Nu,m [kN] 10.2 11.0 12.4 19.6 17.5 23.1 22.6 36.4 39.7 53.5 53.1 73.0
Shear ≥ C25/30 Vu,m [kN] 9.7 9.7 19.5 19.5 31.9 31.9 42.6 42.6 76.9 76.9 110.4 110.4
Characteristic resistance
Anchor type: W-FA/A4, W-FA/HCR
Thread size M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20
Effective
hef [mm] 30 40 35 44 42 48 50 65 64 82 78 100
anchorage depth
Non-cracked concrete
W-FA/A4
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 6.0 7.5 9.0 12.0 12.0 16.0 17.9 25.0 25.9 36.1 34.8 50.5
C50/60 NRk [kN] 9.3 10.0 14.0 18.0 18.6 24.8 27.7 38.8 40.1 56.0 53.9 78.3
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 8.3 7.0 10.5 12.0 13.7 16.8 17.9 27.0 51.7 50.0 69.6 86.0
Design resistance
Anchor type: W-FA/A4, W-FA/HCR
Thread size M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20
Effective
hef [mm] 30 40 35 44 42 48 50 65 64 82 78 100
anchorage depth
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 4.0 5.0 6.0 8.0 8.0 10.7 11.9 16.7 17.2 24.1 23.2 33.7
C50/60 NRd [kN] 6.2 6.7 9.3 12.0 12.4 16.5 18.4 25.8 26.7 37.3 35.9 52.2
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 5.5 5.6 7.0 9.6 9.2 11.2 11.9 21.6 34.5 40.0 46.4 61.4
345
FIXANKER W-FA/A4
Recommended / Allowable loads 1)
Anchor type: W-FA/A4, W-FA/HCR
Thread size M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20
Effective
hef [mm] 30 40 35 44 42 48 50 65 64 82 78 100
anchorage depth
Non-cracked concrete Benefits:
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 2.9 3.6 4.3 5.7
• Europ
5.7 7.6 8.5 11.9 12.3 17.2 16.6 24.0
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 4.4 4.8 6.6 8.6 8.9 11.8 13.2 18.5 19.1 26.7 25.7 37.3
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 4.0 4.0 5.0 6.9 6.5 8.0 8.5 15.4 24.6 28.6 33.1 43.9
1)
Material safety factor yM and safety factor for action y L = 1.4 are included. The material safety factor depends on the failure mode.
Simplified version of the design method according ETAG 001-2010, Annex C. Design resistance
according data given in ETA-02/0001, issue 2013-06-04:
• Influence of concrete strength.
• Influence of edge distance.
• Influence of spacing.
• Valid for a group of anchors. (The influencing factors must then be considered for each edge distance and spacing.
The calculated design loads are then on the save side. They will be lower than the exact values according
ETAG 001, Annex C. To avoid this, it is recommended to use the anchor design software of Würth).
• The design method is based on the following simplification: No different loads are acting on individual anchors
W-FA/A4
(no eccentricity).
Tension loading
The decisive design resistance in tension is the lowest value of the following failure modes:
Steel failure:
346
Design steel resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: W-FA/A4, W-FA/HCR
W-FA/A4
No verification of splitting is required if at least one of the conditions is fulfilled:
a) The edge distance in all directions is for single fasteners and for fastener groups and the
member depth is in both cases.
b) The characteristic resistance for concrete cone failure and pull-out failure is calculated for cracked concrete and
reinforcement resists the splitting forces and limits the crack width to .
347
FIXANKER W-FA/A4
Influence of concrete strength
Concrete strength classes C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60
(EN 206:2000)
Benefits:
Characteristic compressive
• Europ
strength of concrete determined fck,cyl [N/mm2] 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
by testing cylinders1)
Characteristic compressive
strength of concrete determined fck,cube [N/mm2] 15 20 25 30 37 45 50 55 60
by testing cube2)
Influencing factor fb,N [-] 0.77 0.89 1.00 1.10 1.22 1.34 1.41 1.48 1.55
1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.
scr,N [mm] 90 120 105 132 126 144 150 195 192 240 234 300
ccr,N [mm] 45 60 53 66 63 72 75 98 96 120 117 150
Number of
fixing per s/scr,N1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
2 fsx, fsy 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
3 fsx, fsy 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
4 fsx, fsy 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5 fsx, fsy 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.
348
Concrete cone failure - Influence of edge distance
c/ccr.N 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
fcx,1 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
fcx,2
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy
W-FA/A4
Number
of fixing
s/scr,sp1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
per
direction
2 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
3 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
4 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.
349
FIXANKER W-FA/A4
Concrete splitting failure - Influence of edge distance
c/ccr.sp 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
fcx,1, sp 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
fcx,2, sp Benefits:
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy, sp • Europ
h/hmin 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.20 2.30 2.40 2.50 2.60 2.70 2.80 ≥2.90
fh 1.00 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.25 1.31 1.37 1.42 1.48 1.53 1.59 1.64 1.69 1.74 1.79 1.84 1.89 1.94 1.99 2.00
Shear loading
The decisive design resistance in shear is the lowest value of the following failure modes:
Steel failure:
350
Design concrete pry-out resistance of a single anchor
Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all
directions . For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be
calculated. The smallest value should be used in the verification.
W-FA/A4
351
FIXANKER W-FA/A4
Basic design concrete edge resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: W-FA/A4, W-FA/HCR
160 20.9 21.4 21.7 22.2 22.6 22.9 23.5 24.3 25.1 26.0 26.6 27.8
170 22.8 23.4 23.6 24.2 24.6 25.0 25.5 26.4 27.2 28.2 28.9 30.1
180 24.7 25.3 25.6 26.2 26.6 27.0 27.7 28.6 29.5 30.4 31.2 32.5
190 26.7 27.4 27.7 28.3 28.7 29.2 29.8 30.8 31.7 32.8 33.5 34.9
200 28.7 29.4 29.8 30.4 30.9 31.3 32.0 33.1 34.0 35.1 35.9 37.4
250 39.5 40.5 40.9 41.7 42.3 42.9 43.7 45.1 46.3 47.6 48.6 50.5
300 51.4 52.5 53.0 54.1 54.8 55.5 56.5 58.1 59.6 61.2 62.4 64.6
350 64.2 65.5 66.1 67.4 68.2 69.0 70.2 72.1 73.8 75.8 77.2 79.7
400 79.4 80.1 81.5 82.5 83.4 84.8 87.0 89.0 91.2 92.8 95.7
450 94.9 96.5 97.6 98.6 100.3 102.7 105.0 107.5 109.3 112.6
500 113.4 114.7 116.5 119.2 121.7 124.5 126.6 130.3
550 130.0 131.4 133.4 136.5 139.2 142.4 144.6 148.7
600 147.3 148.8 151.1 154.4 157.4 160.9 163.3 167.8
650 169.4 173.1 176.3 180.1 182.7 187.6
700 188.3 192.3 195.9 199.9 202.8 208.0
750 216.0 220.4 223.5 229.1
800 236.8 241.5 244.8 250.8
850 258.1 263.1 266.7 273.1
900 280.1 285.3 289.2 296.0
950 302.5 308.1 312.2 319.4
1000 335.7 343.3
1100 384.3 392.8
1200 435.0 444.2
352
Incluence of concrete strength
1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.
α1) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
fα,V 1.00 1.01 1.05 1.13 1.24 1.40 1.64 1.97 2.32 2.50
1)
For α ≥ 90° the component of the shear load acting away from the edge may be neglected and the verification may
be done with component acting parallel to the edge only.
W-FA/A4
Influence of spacing
In groups loaded perpendicular to the edge only two adjacent anchors closest and parallel to the edge carry the load.
The smallest spacing should be used for the verification.
s/c11) 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60 2.80 3.00
fs,V 1.17 1.20 1.23 1.27 1.30 1.33 1.40 1.47 1.53 1.60 1.67 1.73 1.80 1.87 1.93 2.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in the row closest to the edge.
353
FIXANKER W-FA/A4
Influence of concrete member thickness
h/c1 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 ≥ 1.50
fh,V 0.26 0.37 0.45 0.52 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.97 1.00
Benefits:
• Europ
Structural Verification
Tension
Shear
354
Installation instruction
Installation Control
Never use damaged tools. See permissible tolerances of the drill bit’s
cutting edges referring to the code
of practice „Characteristic values,
requirements and tests for masonry drill
bits with carbide cutting edges which are
used for drilling holes in which concrete
anchors are installed“.
Drill the hole with a hammer drill. The edge distances and spacing
Drill bit diameter and its working length has to be provided without minus
are determined by the diameter and depth tolerances
of the drill hole of the selected anchor.
(see table anchor characteristics).
Positioning of drill holes without damaging
the reinforcement.
W-FA/A4
Drive the anchor with some hammer The thickness of fixture should
impacts or with the machine setting tool not be greater than the maximum
into the drill hole. Anchor installation useful fixture thickness marked on the
ensuring the specified embedment depth. anchor or given on the label of each
package.
Apply the required torque moment using If it is not possible to apply the
a calibrated torque wrench. required torque moment the anchor
(see table anchor characteristics for the can not be used.
torque moment).
355
FIXANKER W-FA/A4
Anchor characteristics
Thread size M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20
Effective anchorage
hef [mm] 30 40 35 44 Benefits:
42 48 50 65 64 82 78 100
depth
Nominal drill hole
• Europ
d0 [mm] 6 6 8 8 10 10 12 12 16 16 20 20
diameter
Drill depth h0 / h1 [mm] 45 55 55 65 65 70 75 90 95 110 110 130
Drill hole depth for
td [mm] td = h1 + tfix
through fixing
Clearance-hole
in fixture df [mm] 7 7 9 9 12 12 14 14 18 18 22 22
to be attached
Wrench size SW [mm] 10 10 13 13 17 17 19 19 24 24 30 30
Required torque Tinst [Nm] 6 6 15 15 25 25 50 50 100 100 160 160
Min. thickness of
hmin [mm] 80 80 100 100 100 100 100 130 130 170 160 200
concrete member
Non-cracked concrete
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 35 35 60 35 55 45 100 60 110 80 140 100
Minimum edge
cmin [mm] 40 35 60 45 65 55 100 70 110 80 140 100
distances
hmin
W-FA/A4
h1
hnom
hef tfix
∅d0
Tinst
df
∅d0
Tinst
df
hef,red tfix
hnom,red
h1,red
hmin
356
Mechanical characteristics
Thread size M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20
Stressed As [mm²]
14.5 14.5 25.5 25.5 43.0 43.0 58.1 58.1 116.9 116.9 191.1 191.1
cross section
Section Modulus W [mm³] 7.8 7.8 18.2 18.2 39.8 39.8 62.4 62.4 178.3 178.3 372.7 372.7
Yield strength fy [N/mm²] 560 560 560 560 560 560 600 600 600 600 560 560
Tensile strength fu [N/mm²] 700 700 700 700 700 700 750 750 750 750 700 700
Non-cracked concrete
Stressed As [mm²] 20.10 20.10 36.60 36.60 58.00 58.00 84.30 84.30 156.70 156.70 244.80 244.80
cross section
Section Modulus W [mm³] 12.71 12.71 31.23 31.23 62.30 62.30 109.17 109.17 276.67 276.67 540.23 540.23
Yield strength fy [N/mm²] 520 520 520 520 520 520 520 520 480 480 480 480
Tensile strength fu [N/mm²] 650 650 650 650 650 650 650 650 600 600 600 600
Design bending M0Rd.s [N/m] 8.0 8.0 19.2 19.2 39.2 39.2 68.0 68.0 159.2 159.2 324.3 324.3
moment
Material specification
W-FA/A4
Designation Material
Stainless steel
Conical bolt Stainless steel 1.4401, 1.4404, 1.4571, 1.4578 or 1.4362, EN 10088
Coated
Expansion sleeve Stainless steel 1.4401, 1.4571 or 1.4362, EN 10088
Hexagon nut, DIN 934 Material 1.4401, 1.4571 or 1.4362, EN 10088
Property class 70, EN ISO 3506
Coated
Washer, EN ISO 7089, Material 1.4401, 1.4571 or 1.4362, EN 10088
EN ISO 7093 or EN ISO 7094
High corrosion resistance steel
Conical bolt Material 1.4529 or 1.4565, EN 10088
Coated
Expansion sleeve Stainless steel 1.4401, 1.4571 or 1.4362, EN 10088
Hexagon nut, DIN 934 Material 1.4529 or 1.4565, EN 10088,
Property class 70, EN ISO 3506
Coated
Washer, EN ISO 7089, Material 1.4529 or 1.4565, EN 10088
EN ISO 7093 or EN ISO 7094
357
HEAVY-DUTY ANCHOR W-TM/S
W-TM/S: TYPE A
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-cracked
Suitable for:
Concrete C12/15, Natural stone with dense structure
Galvanized (5 microns): M6 – M12 Benefits:
• Europ
Benefits:
W-TM/S: TYPE S • The anchor can be easily and speedily installed
with low efforts.
• The high load capacities are a result of the safe
function of threefold expanding sleeve.
• The versions with hook and eye bolt broaden
the application spectrum.
Galvanized (5 microns): M6 – M12
• The uniformly distributed expansion force avoids
concrete spalling at smallest edge distances too.
Applications
W-TM/S
358
Basic loading data (for a single anchor)
All data in this section applies to: • Anchor material, as specified in the tables and
• Correct setting (See setting instruction). screw of class 8.8.
• No edge distance and spacing influence. • Concrete C 20/25, fck,cube = 25 N/mm²,
• Base material thickness, as specified in the table. Concrete C 50/60, fck,cube = 60 N/mm².
• Embedment depth, as specified in the table.
Characteristic resistance
W-TM/S
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 9.0 12.0 16.0 20.0
C50/60 NRk [kN] 13.5 14.8 19.7 31.0
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 8.0 15.0 18.7 33.7
Design resistance
Anchor type: W-TM/S
359
HEAVY-DUTY ANCHOR W-TM/S
Recommended / Allowable loads 1)
Anchor type: W-TM/S
360
Design Method (simplified)
Simplified version of the design method according ETAG 001-2010, Annex C. Design resistance
according data given in ETA-10/0255, issue 2010-07-13:
• Influence of concrete strength.
• Influence of edge distance.
• Influence of spacing.
• Valid for a group of anchors. (The influencing factors must then be considered for each edge distance and spacing.
The calculated design loads are then on the save side. They will be lower than the exact values according
ETAG 001, Annex C. To avoid this, it is recommended to use the anchor design software of Würth).
• The design method is based on the following simplification: No different loads are acting on individual anchors
(no eccentricity), screw of class 8.8.
Tension loading
The decisive design resistance in tension is the lowest value of the following failure modes:
Steel failure:
W-TM/S
Anchor type: W-TM/S
361
HEAVY-DUTY ANCHOR W-TM/S
Design concrete cone resistance and splitting resistance of a single anchor
1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.
362
Concrete cone failure
Number of
fixing per s/scr,N1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
2 fsx, fsy 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
3 fsx, fsy 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
4 fsx, fsy 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5 fsx, fsy 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.
W-TM/S
c/ccr,N 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
fcx,1 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
fcx,2
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy
363
HEAVY-DUTY ANCHOR W-TM/S
Concrete splitting failure - Influence of spacing
Number of
fixing per s/scr,sp1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
Benefits:
• Europ
2 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
3 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
4 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.
c/ccr,sp 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
fcx,1, sp 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
fcx,2, sp
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy, sp
W-TM/S
h/hmin 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.20 2.30 2.40 2.50 2.60 2.70 2.80 ≥2.90
fh 1.00 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.25 1.31 1.37 1.42 1.48 1.53 1.59 1.64 1.69 1.74 1.79 1.84 1.89 1.94 1.99 2.00
364
Shear loading
The decisive design resistance in shear is the lowest value of the following failure modes:
Steel failure:
W-TM/S
Design concrete edge resistance
Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all
directions . For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be
calculated. The smallest value should be used in the verification.
365
HEAVY-DUTY ANCHOR W-TM/S
Basic design concrete edge resistance of a single anchor
366
Influence of concrete strength
1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.
α1) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
fα,V 1.00 1.01 1.05 1.13 1.24 1.40 1.64 1.97 2.32 2.50
1)
For α ≥ 90° the component of the shear load acting away from the edge may be neglected and the verification may
be done with component acting parallel to the edge only.
W-TM/S
Influence of spacing
In groups loaded perpendicular to the edge only two adjacent anchors closest and parallel to the edge carry the load.
The smallest spacing should be used for the verification.
s/c11) 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60 2.80 3.00
fs,V 1.17 1.20 1.23 1.27 1.30 1.33 1.40 1.47 1.53 1.60 1.67 1.73 1.80 1.87 1.93 2.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in the row closest to the edge.
367
HEAVY-DUTY ANCHOR W-TM/S
Influence of concrete member thickness
h/c1 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 ≥ 1.50
fh,V 0.26 0.37 0.45 0.52 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.97 1.00
Benefits:
• Europ
Structural Verification
Tension
Shear
368
Installation instruction
Installation Control
Never use damaged tools. See permissible tolerances of the drill bit’s
cutting edges referring to the code
of practice „Characteristic values,
requirements and tests for masonry drill
bits with carbide cutting edges which are
used for drilling holes in which concrete
anchors are installed“.
Drill the hole with a hammer drill. Drill The edge distances and spacing
bit diameter and its working length are has to be provided without minus
determined by the diameter and depth of tolerances.
the drill hole of the selected anchor.
(see table anchor characteristics).
Positioning of drill holes without damaging
the reinforcement.
W-TM/S
Drive the anchor with some hammer Length of the screws should be
impacts into the drill hole. selected to the minimum screwing in
The anchor should be flushed with the anchors is maintained.
surface.
Anchor installation ensuring the specified
embedment depth.
369
HEAVY-DUTY ANCHOR W-TM/S
Anchor characteristics
Non-cracked concrete
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 65 90 135 165
Minimum edge distances cmin [mm] 45 70 85 115
hmin tfix
h1
Tinst
hef
LS
370
Mechanical characteristics
Material specification
Designation Material
Steel, zinc plated ≥ 5μm, EN ISO 4042
Conical nut Steel, EN 10087
Expansion sleeve Cold formed steel, EN 10111
Hexagonal head bolt Property class 8.8
Washer Steel min. 140 HV
Spacer ring Polypropylene
W-TM/S
Distance sleeve Cold formed steel, EN 10111 or
Drawn pipe E235 +C, EN 10305-2
371
HEAVY-DUTY ANCHOR W-TM/A4
W-TM/A4: Type A
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-cracked
Suitable for:
Concrete C12/15, Natural stone with dense structure
Stainless steel - A4 (AISI 316): M6 – M12 Benefits:
• Europ
Benefits:
W-TM/A4: TYPE S • The anchor can be easily and speedily installed with
low efforts.
• The high load capacities are a result of the safe
function of threefold expanding sleeve.
• The versions with hook and eye bolt broaden the
application spectrum.
Stainless steel - A4 (AISI 316): M6 – M12
• The uniformly distributed expansion force avoids
concrete spalling at smallest edge distances too.
Applications
W-TM/A4
372
Basic loading data (for a single anchor)
All data in this section applies to: • Anchor material, as specified in the tables
• Correct setting (See setting instruction). and screw of class A4 70.
• No edge distance and spacing influence. • Concrete C 20/25, fck,cube = 25 N/mm²,
• Base material thickness, as specified in the table. Concrete C 50/60, fck,cube = 60 N/mm².
• Embedment depth, as specified in the table.
Characteristic resistance
W-TM/A4
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 7.5 9.0 12.0 16.0
C50/60 NRk [kN] 11.3 11.1 14.8 24.8
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 7.0 12.8 18.7 29.5
Design resistance
Anchor type: W-TM/A4
373
HEAVY-DUTY ANCHOR W-TM/A4
Recommended / Allowable loads 1)
Anchor type: W-TM/A4
374
Design Method (simplified)
Simplified version of the design method according ETAG 001-2010, Annex C. Design resistance
according data given in ETA-10/0255, issue 2010-07-13:
• Influence of concrete strength.
• Influence of edge distance.
• Influence of spacing.
• Valid for a group of anchors. (The influencing factors must then be considered for each edge distance and spacing.
The calculated design loads are then on the save side. They will be lower than the exact values according
ETAG 001, Annex C. To avoid this, it is recommended to use the anchor design software of Würth).
• The design method is based on the following simplification: No different loads are acting on individual anchors
(no eccentricity), screw of class A4-70.
Tension loading
The decisive design resistance in tension is the lowest value of the following failure modes:
Steel failure:
W-TM/A4
Anchor type: W-TM/A4
375
HEAVY-DUTY ANCHOR W-TM/A4
Design concrete cone resistance and splitting resistance of a single anchor
1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.
376
Concrete cone failure
Number of
fixing per s/scr,N1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
2 fsx, fsy 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
3 fsx, fsy 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
4 fsx, fsy 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5 fsx, fsy 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.
W-TM/A4
c/ccr,N 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
fcx,1 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
fcx,2
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy
377
HEAVY-DUTY ANCHOR W-TM/A4
Concrete splitting failure - Influence of spacing
Number of
fixing per s/scr,sp1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
Benefits:
• Europ
2 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
3 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
4 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.
c/ccr,sp 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
fcx,1, sp 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
fcx,2, sp
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy, sp
W-TM/A4
h/hmin 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.20 2.30 2.40 2.50 2.60 2.70 2.80 ≥2.90
fh 1.00 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.25 1.31 1.37 1.42 1.48 1.53 1.59 1.64 1.69 1.74 1.79 1.84 1.89 1.94 1.99 2.00
378
Shear loading
The decisive design resistance in shear is the lowest value of the following failure modes:
Steel failure:
W-TM/A4
Design concrete edge resistance
Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all
directions . For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be
calculated. The smallest value should be used in the verification.
379
HEAVY-DUTY ANCHOR W-TM/A4
Basic design concrete edge resistance of a single anchor
380
Influence of concrete strength
1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.
α1) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
fα,V 1.00 1.01 1.05 1.13 1.24 1.40 1.64 1.97 2.32 2.50
1)
For α ≥ 90° the component of the shear load acting away from the edge may be neglected and the verification may
be done with component acting parallel to the edge only.
W-TM/A4
Influence of spacing
In groups loaded perpendicular to the edge only two adjacent anchors closest and parallel to the edge carry the load.
The smallest spacing should be used for the verification.
s/c11) 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60 2.80 3.00
fs,V 1.17 1.20 1.23 1.27 1.30 1.33 1.40 1.47 1.53 1.60 1.67 1.73 1.80 1.87 1.93 2.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in the row closest to the edge.
381
HEAVY-DUTY ANCHOR W-TM/A4
Influence of concrete member thickness
h/c1 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 ≥ 1.50
fh,V 0.26 0.37 0.45 0.52 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.97 1.00
Benefits:
• Europ
Structural Verification
Tension
Shear
382
Installation instruction
Installation Control
Never use damaged tools. See permissible tolerances of the drill bit’s
cutting edges referring to the code
of practice „Characteristic values,
requirements and tests for masonry drill
bits with carbide cutting edges which are
used for drilling holes in which concrete
anchors are installed“.
Drill the hole with a hammer drill. Drill The edge distances and spacing
bit diameter and its working length are has to be provided without minus
determined by the diameter and depth of tolerances.
the drill hole of the selected anchor.
(see table anchor characteristics).
Positioning of drill holes without damaging
the reinforcement.
W-TM/A4
Drive the anchor with some hammer Length of the screws should be
impacts into the drill hole. selected to the minimum screwing in
The anchor should be flushed with the anchors is maintained.
surface.
Anchor installation ensuring the specified
embedment depth.
383
HEAVY-DUTY ANCHOR W-TM/A4
Anchor characteristics
hmin tfix
h1
Tinst
hef
LS
384
Mechanical characteristics
Material specification
Designation Material
Stainless steel
Conical nut Stainless steel, 1.4401, 1.4404 or 1.4571, EN 10088
Expansion sleeve Stainless steel, 1.4401, 1.4404 or
1.4571, EN 10088
Hexagonal head bolt Stainless steel, 1.4401, 1.4404 or
1.4571, EN 10088
W-TM/A4
Washer Stainless steel, 1.4401, 1.4404 or
1.4571, EN 10088
385